Listening, Reading , Writing , Speaking , Grammar , Vocabulary for ESL English as a second or foreign language is the use of English by speakers with different native languages, often with students whose native language is not English and are learning to speak and write English, commonly among students. Language education for people learning English may be known as English as a foreign language (EFL), English as a second language (ESL), English for speakers of other languages (ESOL), English as an additional language (EAL), or English as a new language (ENL), which refers to the practice of studying English in a country where it is not the dominant language. These programs, especially ESL, are usually an academic subject, course, or program designed to teach English to students who are not yet proficient in the language. While some people only refer to learning in an English-speaking country, learning this language can also entail learning in a non-English speaking or non-native nation.

Suggestion and Practice for SSC Examinaiton Suggestion for SSC Examination Click on the following link to download the English 1st Paper suggestion: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1eIRgRJPDRc136WgTZYXtxbY4iXmQTjI4/vi ew?usp=sharing Click on the following link to download the English 2nd Paper suggestion: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1alYQUGPTL9mFBOn1cna9vAUSkU8GeLpu/view?usp=sharing

Grammar for IELTS, Grammar practice for ielts, IELTS Grammar mock tests, tactics for IELTS Grammar , Grammar tests for IELTS Describe your image

Helvetica Light is an easy-to-read font, with tall and narrow letters, that works well on almost every site.

Helvetica Light is an easy-to-read font, with tall and narrow letters, that works well on almost every site.

English for masters, English for MA examination MASTER'S Idea Builders Idea Builders Listening Reading writing Speaking Vocabulary Grammar Synonyms & Phraphrasing

notice writing, notice writing for examinations, notice writing for ssc examination, notice Notice writing for SSC- 2023

Explore our Students' Feedback page to read honest reviews, testimonials, and success stories. Discover how learners have benefited and share your own experience with us!" ALL THE INFO What You Need to Know I believe you must bring your whole self to the table if you want to thrive in today’s crazy world; your personality, your sense of humor, and most importantly, your heart. All of these elements brought me to start babarenglish. Ever since I launched this project, the blog has been thriving and has quickly gained a loyal following. To see what I’ve been up to, browse my site, learn about my passions, and explore what excites and interests you as well. About the teacher My name is Fakhruddin Babar, and I am an Assistant Professor specializing in English. For the past twenty years, I have dedicated myself to teaching English as a second language. My academic journey began at Chittagong University, Bangladesh where I earned a Master's degree in English Language and Literature in 2009. Following this, I pursued further studies in London for two years, enhancing my expertise in English. My teaching career spans various educational levels, including schools, colleges, and universities. To solidify my proficiency as an English instructor, I completed the CELTA course from Cambridge University, a globally recognized qualification for teaching English. Beyond teaching, I hold a Post Graduate Diploma in Management Studies and engage in small-scale business activities. This business diploma has proven invaluable, particularly in teaching Business English courses, as it equips me with the relevant knowledge to address specific industry needs. I am passionate about continually improving my English skills. I enjoy watching English movies and TV series, exploring presentations on Ted.com, and reading English books. Occasionally, I organize English club meetings with friends, providing an opportunity for us to converse and enhance our language skills in a social setting. With extensive experience in preparing students for the IELTS examination, I have attended seminars conducted by Andrew Thomas, an IELTS Principal Examiner. These seminars focused on maximizing IELTS scores through a detailed analysis of test tasks and assessment criteria, and on bridging the gap between test preparation and language skill development. The primary joy in my profession comes from the deep satisfaction of helping others achieve their dreams. Many of my students have gained admission to foreign universities, often securing scholarships. Others have successfully passed interviews for international companies after completing Business English training, and many have achieved their target band scores in the IELTS exam. Teaching, for me, is not just a job but a profound calling. It allows me to impact lives positively by helping individuals reach their personal and professional goals. This commitment to education and continuous improvement drives my passion for teaching English and ensures that I stay updated with the latest methodologies and resources in the field. Whether in the classroom, through business language courses, or in preparation for exams like IELTS, my goal is to provide my students with the tools they need to succeed in an increasingly globalized world. Degree BA (Honours) in English Language and Literature MA in English Language and Literature Certificates CELTA ( Cambridge University) Master Teachers' Training Success stories I have taught hundreds of students for last more than one decade and amazingly most of the students achieved their desired score while some of them even scored 8.5 in IELTS examination. For any suggestion, comment, complaint or recommendation please feel free to let me know at-babarfeni@yahoo.com

Punctuation for SSC and HSC Examination, Punctuation for exmination, Important Punctuation practice for examination Punctuation for Advanced Writing

PTE, Take preparation for PTE, Tests for PTE, Exercise and Practice Pearson Language Tests This article contains content that is written like an advertisement . Please help improve it by removing promotional content and inappropriate external links , and by adding encyclopedic content written from a neutral point of view . (July 2018) (Learn how and when to remove this template message ) Pearson Language Tests is a unit of the Pearson PLC group, dedicated to assessing and validating the English language usage of non-native English speakers. The tests include PTE Academic, PTE General (formerly known as London Tests of English)[1] and PTE Young Learners. These are scenario-based exams, accredited by the QCA , Ofqual,[2] and administered in association with Edexcel , the world's largest examining body. In 2009, Pearson Language Tests launched the Pearson Test of English Academic (PTE Academic)[4] (Ref.) which is endorsed by Graduate Management Admission Council (GMAC), the organisation responsible for the GMAT (Graduate Management Admission Test).[5] The test score has been aligned to the levels defined in the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR) . PTE Academic is delivered through the Pearson Virtual User Environment (VUE) centres which are also responsible for delivering the GMAT (Graduate Management Admission Test) worldwide. Upon release, it was recognized by nearly 6,000 organizations.[6] For instance, the test is approved for use by the Australia Border Agency and the Australian Department of Immigration and Citizenship for visa applications.[7] The test is predominantly read by a computer rather than a human grader to reduce waiting times of the results for students.[6] Pearson Test of English Academic The Pearson Test of English Academic ([1] ) is an English language test designed to assess the readiness of non-native English speakers to participate in a university-level English language instruction program. Pearson created PTE Academic in response to demand from institutions, government and other organizations for a more accurate way of testing non - native English language students who enter the English-speaking academia world.[8] PTE Academic is endorsed by the Graduate Management Admission Council . Amongst other universities, London Business School in the UK, Harvard Business School , Stanford Graduate School of Business , and Yale University in the United States accept PTE Academic scores. Other institutions in other countries, including Spain, France, and China, have also signed up to accept PTE Academic. These include leading business schools such as INSEAD and HEC Paris in France, IESE , IE Business School and ESADE in Spain and SDA Bocconi in Italy. In addition to the business schools, there are also a number of arts and music colleges who accept the exam's scores.[9] In February 2013, opened a new test center in Petaling Jaya, Malaysia in association with the Malaysian British Educational Cooperation Services. It is a computer-based exam which focuses on real-life English used in academic surroundings. This is to say that integrated language is used throughout the test and students will listen to a variety of accents and academic language which they will encounter at English-speaking higher education institutions.[11] The exam will include an unmarked voice recording of the candidate, which is part of advanced biometric data that should assist institutions in verifying the identity of candidates and should aid them with their admission decisions.[12] The test will be a maximum of 3 hours long and takers can expect their results to be delivered to them, online, within 5 working days. Test scores are reported on the Global Scale of English, a standardized, numeric scale from 10 to 90 which can measure English language proficiency more precisely with reference to the widely known set of levels distinguished in the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages , or CEFR.[13] Structure The Pearson Test of English Academic comprises 3 sections: i) Speaking & Writing ii) Reading and iii) Listening. Here is the detailed paper pattern: Section Duration PTE Academic Speaking & Writing77 – 93 minutes Personal Introduction Read Aloud Repeat sentence Describe image Re-tell lecture Answer short question Summarise written text (10 mins) Essay (20mins) Reading32 – 41 minutes Reading and Writing: Fill in the blanks Multiple-choice, choose multiple answers Re-order paragraphs Reading: Fill in the blanks Multiple-choice, choose single answer A 10-minute break is optional Listening45 – 57 minutes Summarise spoken text Multiple-choice, choose multiple answers Fill the blanks Highlight the correct summary Multiple choices, choose a single answer Select missing word Highlight incorrect words Write from dictation PTE General PTE General (formerly known as the London Test of English) or Pearson English International Certificate (as of December 2020)[14] is an international English language examination for speakers of English as a foreign language (EFL ). It is developed by Pearson Language Tests and administered by Edexcel, the exams are accredited by QCA , the Qualification and Curriculum Authority.[15] In some countries (e.g. Poland, Greece) the oral interview is assessed by locally trained assessors, whereas in other countries (e.g. France, Italy) they are entirely graded in London. Pearson English International Certificate is consistent with a theme-based exam designed to test how well a learner can communicate in authentic and realistic situations, and not on how well they remember formal vocabulary and structures. For this reason, the tests use real-life scenarios rather than pedantic grammatical exercises. They test the four skills: reading, writing, listening and speaking. There are six levels which are mapped to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages . The Framework was developed by the Council of Europe to enable language learners, teachers, universities or potential employers to compare and relate language qualifications by level. Authority (QCA).[15]

This is placeholder text. To change this content, double-click on the element and click Change Content. CHATTOGRAM BOARD ― 2017 ENGLISH (COMPULSORY) FIRST PAPER Read the passage and answer the questions A and B. The term ‘diaspora' is used to refer to people who have left their home lands and settled in other parts of the world, either because they were forced to do so or because they wanted to leave on their own. The word is increasingly used for such people as a collective group and/or a community. The world has seen many diasporas but scholars have been studying the phenomenon with great interest only In recent decades. Among the great diasporas of history is that of the Jewish people, who were forced to leave their lands in ancient times. The movement of Aryans from Central Europe to the Indian nub- continent thousands of years ago is also a noteworthy diaspora, although the causes of this diaspora are unclear. In twentieth century history, the Palestinian diaspora has attracted a lot of attention and been a cause of concern for world leaders because of the plight of Palestinians. There have been massive diasporas in Africa, too, over the centuries, either because of war or because of the ravages of nature. But the chief reason why the phenomenon of diaspora is attracting so much attention now is globalization. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives. 1 x 5 = 5 (a) The word 'decade' refers to –––– (i) thirty years (ii) fifty years (iii) ten years (iv) five years (b) What does diaspora mean? (i) People who live in their own country. (ii) People who go abroad. (iii) People who work in other countries. (iv) People who leave their own countries and settle In other, parts of the world. (c) The synonym of 'noteworthy is —-—. (i) insignificant (ii) noticeable (iii) invaluable (iv) appropriate (d) The Aryans came to the Indian sub-continent from-------. (i) America (ii) Africa (iii) Central Europe (iv) Europe (e) In Africa, there have been----. (i) massive diasporas (ii) a little diasporas (iii) no diasporas (iv) very little diasporas Answer: 1. A. Multiple choice (a) → (iii) ten years; (b)→ (iv) People who leave their own countries and settle in other parts of the world; (c)→ (ii) noticeable; (d)→ (iii) Central Europe; (e)→ (i) massive diasporas. B. Answer the following questions. (a) Why do people leave their own countries? (b) Do you think that there have been massive diasporas In Africa? (c) Why is diaspora attracting so much attention? (d) How do the twentieth century Palestinian diasporas draw the attention of the world leaders? (e) Why have the scholars been studying about the diasporas with great interest? Answer: B. Open-ended (i) people leave their own countries and settle in other parts of the world because they are often forced to leave their homeland or they prefer to do so of their own accord. (ii) Yes, I think that there have been massive diasporas in Africa over the centuries due to war or ravages of nature. (iii) The questions of diaspora now is attracting so much attention mainly because of the advantages of globalization. (iv) The Palestinian diasporas in the twentieth century have been able to draw a lot of attention of the world leaders because of the untold sufferings of the Palestinians. (v) The issue of diasporas is an old one. Scholars have been studying about the diasporas with great interest to identify the reasons of the increasing diasporas and to put forward their recommendations with a view to putting an end to this ever-increasing problem. DINAJPUR BOARD ― 2017 ENGLISH (COMPULSORY) FIRST PAPER 1. Read the following text and answer the questions A and B. Adolescents constitute a nation's core resource for national renewal and growth. Adolescence is a period in life when transition from childhood to adulthood takes place and behaviours and lifestyles are shaped. According to the World Health Organization (WHO), adolescence is the period which shapes the future of million adolescents in Bangladesh; 13.7 million of them are girls and 14.3 millions boys. The situation of adolescent girls in Bangladesh is characterised by inequality and subordination within the family and society. This inequality leads to widespread practice of child marriage, marginalisation or exclusion from health, education and economic opportunities, and vulnerability to violence and sexual abuse. In Bangladesh, the legal age of marriage is 18 for girls and 21 for boys. However, 33 percent of adolescent girls are married before the age of 15 and 60 percent become mothers by the age of 19. Research finds that adolescents with higher level of education and from more affluent families tend to marry at a later age. Boys, however, become ready for marriage only after several years of adolescence and young adulthood. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives. 1x5=5 (a) What could be the closest meaning for the word "constitute" in the first sentence? (i) take (ii) form (iii) add (iv) make (b) The phrase "take place" in the second sentence stands for — (i) occur (ii) recur (Hi) go to a place (iv) all of them (c) Adolescence is a-----period from childhood to adulthood. (i) transition (ii) transitory (iii) transitional (iv) transient (d) The synonym of 'affluent' is----. (i) destitute (ii) poor (iii) poverty (iv) well off (e) The word "economic" can be replaced by-------. (i) economy (ii) economical (iii) monetary (iv) finance Answer: 1. A. Multiple choice (a) ––– (ii) form: (b) ––– (i) occur (c) ––– (iii) transitional (d) ––– (iv) well oft (e)––– (iii) monetary. B. Answer the following questions. 2X5=10 (a) How will you define adolescence? (b) Why is adolescence important? (c) What do the adolescent girls in Bangladesh usually face? (d) What are the effects of female inequality in Bangladesh? (e) How do wealth and education Influence a girl's marriage? Answer B. Open-ended (a) Adolescence is a period in life when transition from childhood to adulthood takes place and behaviours and lifestyles are shaped. (b) Adolescence is important because this period shapes the future of girls' or boys' future lives. (c) The adolescent girls in Bangladesh usually face inequality and subordination within the family and society. (d) The effects of female inequality in Bangladesh are widespread practice of child marriage, marginalization or exclusion from health, education and economic opportunities and vulnerability to violence and sexual abuse, etc. (e) A girl with higher level of education and from a more affluent family tends to marry at a later age. Thus wealth and education influence a girl's marriage. RAJSHAHI BOARD ― 2017 ENGLISH (COMPULSORY) FIRST PAPER Part-I: Reading (60 Marks) 1. Read the passage and answer the questions A and B. Kuakata, locally known as Sagar Kannya (Daughter of the Sea) is a rare scenic spot located on the southernmost tip of Bangladesh. It is 70 km from Patuakhali district headquarters and 320 km from Dhaka. An excellent combination of the picturesque natural beauty, sandy beaches, blue sky and the shimmering expanse of water of the bay of Bengal and the evergreen forest makes Kuakata a much sought after tourist destination. The name Kuakata takes its origin from the story of a ‘Kua’ ― or well- dug on the seashore by the early Rakhaine settlers for collecting drinking water. The Rakhaines had landed on Kuakata coast after being expelled from Arakan by the Mughals. Kuakata is a unique spot which allow a visitors to watch both the sunrise and the sunset from the beach. That perhaps makes Kuakata one of the world’s most attractive beaches. Kuakata is truly a virgin beach and a sanctuary for migratory winter birds. Fishing boats plying on the Bay of Bengal with colourful sails, surfing waves and the lines of coconut trees add to the vibrant colours of Kuakata. The indigenous culture of the Rakhaine community and hundred years old Buddhist temples indicate the age-old tradition and cultural heritage of this area. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives. (a) Scenic spot refers to ――. (i) a place havin multiple scenes (ii) a place having a calm atmosphere (ii) a place of unparalleled natural beauty (iv) a place having untidy spots (b) The word ‘shimmering’ in the text could be best replaced by ――. (i) shivering (ii) shining (iii) significant (iv) glaring (c) The Rakhine originally came from ――. (i) Ratuakhali district (ii) Latachapali union (iii) Kuakata coast (iv) Arakan district (d) The best synonym of ‘vibrant’ is ――. (i) thrilling (ii) colourful (iii) gorgeous (iv) brilliant (e) Kuakata is truly a virgin beach and sanctuary for migratory winter birds ―― what does it imply? (i) Kuakata is a beach in its original pure condition and a rare abode for guest birds. (ii) Kuakata is a place of rare beauty and world’s longest beach. (ii) Kuakata is untouched by human habitation. (iv) Kuakata is a natural habitat. Answer: 1. A a― (iii) a place of unparalleled natural beauty; b― (ii) shining c― (iv) Arakan district d― (iv) brilliant e― (i) Kuakata is a beach in its original pure condition and a rare abode for guest birds B. Answer the following questions. 2 × 5 = 10 (a) What does the expression ‘a much south after tourist destination’ mean? (b) Where does the name Kuakata come from? (c) What makes Kuakata an attractive tourist spot? (d) Why would one visit Kuakata? (e) ‘Kuakata’ upholds an ancient tradition, how? Answer: B. Open-ended (a) The expression ‘a much south after tourist destination’ means a very attractive tourist spot which the tourists of home and abroad greatly desire to visit. (b) The name ‘Kuakata’ comes from the story of ‘Kua’ or well- dug on the seashore by the early Rakhine settlers for collecting drinking water. (c) Kuakata has a genuine scenic beauty that attracts tourists. An excellent combination of the picuresque natural beauty, sandy beaches, blue sky and the shimmering expanse of water of the Bay-of Bengal and the evergreen forest makes Kuakata a much south after tourist destination. (d) One would visit Kuakata, one of the most beautiful beaches of the world, to enjoy its scenic natural beauty, sandy and foamy beaches, blue sky, evergreen forest, shimmering and the surfing waves, migratory birds, the unending line of coconut trees, etc. (e) Kuakata rightly upholds an ancient tradition and cultural heritage of this area being in possession of the native culture of the Rakhine community and hundred-year old Buddhist temples. Dhaka Board – 2017 English First Paper [N. B. ––The figures in the right margin indicate full marks. Answer all the questions.] Part I 1. Read the passage and answer the questions A and B :–– One of the sources of water in our country are the rivers. Rivers are everywhere in our life, literature, economy, and culture. But are the rivers in good shape? Unfortunately, they are not. A fer are already dead and several are going through the pangs of death. The river Buriganga is an example of a dying river. A report published in the Daily Sun describes what has happened to the river Buriganga and why. Its water is polluted and a perpetual strench fills the air around it. But that is not what it was like before. The report says that the river has a glorious past. Once it was a tributary of the mighty Ganges and flowed into the Bay of Bengal through the river Dhaleswari. Gradually, it lost its link with the Ganges and got the name Buriganga. The Mughals marveled at the tide level of the Buriganga and founded their capital Jahangirnagar on its banks in 1610. The river supplied drinking water and supported trade and commerce. Jahangirnagar was renamed Dhaka which grew into a heavily populated city with a chronic shortage of space. The city paid back the bounty of the river by sucking life out of it! According to newspaper report, the Buriganga is dying because of pollution. Huge quantities of toxic chemicals and wastes from mills and factories, hospitals and clinics and households and other establishments are dumped into the river everyday. The city of Dhaka discharges about 4500 tons of solid waste everyday and most of it is directly released into the Buriganga. According to the department of the Environment (DoE) 20,000 tons of tannery waste, including some highly toxic materials are released into the river everyday. Experts identified nine industrial areas in and around the capital city as the primary sources of river pollution: Tongi, Tejgaon, Hazaribagh, Tarabo, Narayanganj, Savar, Gazipur, Dhaka Export Processing Zone and Ghorashal. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives:– 1x5=5 (a) The word ‘tributary’ refers to ––––– (i) fountain (ii) territory (iii) stream (iv) kingdom (b) The Buriganga water fills the air with –––––– (i) aroma (ii) fragrance (iii) stink (iv) scent (c) ––––––– founded their capital on the bank of the Buriganga. (i) The British (ii) The Mughals (iii) The Indians (iv) The Bangladeshi (d) Which of the following statement is false? (i) Buriganga is a river (ii) Our rivers are not in good shape (iii) Jahangirnagar was once called Dhaka (iv) Water is being contaminated (e) The best synonym of ‘toxic’ is–––––––– (i) Poisonous (ii) Hygienic (iii) Healthy (iv) Useful B. Answer the following questions :–– 2x5=10 (a) What do you think is the condition of the rivers of our country? (b) What is the commercial value of the river Buriganga? (c) Why is the Buriganga described as an example of a dying river? Give reasons for your answer. (d) How is the Buriganga polluted? (e) What did the Mughals marvel at? What was the outcome of it?

This is placeholder text. To change this content, double-click on the element and click Change Content. CHATTOGRAM BOARD ― 2017 ENGLISH (COMPULSORY) FIRST PAPER Read the passage and answer the questions A and B. The term ‘diaspora' is used to refer to people who have left their home lands and settled in other parts of the world, either because they were forced to do so or because they wanted to leave on their own. The word is increasingly used for such people as a collective group and/or a community. The world has seen many diasporas but scholars have been studying the phenomenon with great interest only In recent decades. Among the great diasporas of history is that of the Jewish people, who were forced to leave their lands in ancient times. The movement of Aryans from Central Europe to the Indian nub- continent thousands of years ago is also a noteworthy diaspora, although the causes of this diaspora are unclear. In twentieth century history, the Palestinian diaspora has attracted a lot of attention and been a cause of concern for world leaders because of the plight of Palestinians. There have been massive diasporas in Africa, too, over the centuries, either because of war or because of the ravages of nature. But the chief reason why the phenomenon of diaspora is attracting so much attention now is globalization. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives. 1 x 5 = 5 (a) The word 'decade' refers to –––– (i) thirty years (ii) fifty years (iii) ten years (iv) five years (b) What does diaspora mean? (i) People who live in their own country. (ii) People who go abroad. (iii) People who work in other countries. (iv) People who leave their own countries and settle In other, parts of the world. (c) The synonym of 'noteworthy is —-—. (i) insignificant (ii) noticeable (iii) invaluable (iv) appropriate (d) The Aryans came to the Indian sub-continent from-------. (i) America (ii) Africa (iii) Central Europe (iv) Europe (e) In Africa, there have been----. (i) massive diasporas (ii) a little diasporas (iii) no diasporas (iv) very little diasporas Answer: 1. A. Multiple choice (a) → (iii) ten years; (b)→ (iv) People who leave their own countries and settle in other parts of the world; (c)→ (ii) noticeable; (d)→ (iii) Central Europe; (e)→ (i) massive diasporas. B. Answer the following questions. (a) Why do people leave their own countries? (b) Do you think that there have been massive diasporas In Africa? (c) Why is diaspora attracting so much attention? (d) How do the twentieth century Palestinian diasporas draw the attention of the world leaders? (e) Why have the scholars been studying about the diasporas with great interest? Answer: B. Open-ended (i) people leave their own countries and settle in other parts of the world because they are often forced to leave their homeland or they prefer to do so of their own accord. (ii) Yes, I think that there have been massive diasporas in Africa over the centuries due to war or ravages of nature. (iii) The questions of diaspora now is attracting so much attention mainly because of the advantages of globalization. (iv) The Palestinian diasporas in the twentieth century have been able to draw a lot of attention of the world leaders because of the untold sufferings of the Palestinians. (v) The issue of diasporas is an old one. Scholars have been studying about the diasporas with great interest to identify the reasons of the increasing diasporas and to put forward their recommendations with a view to putting an end to this ever-increasing problem. DINAJPUR BOARD ― 2017 ENGLISH (COMPULSORY) FIRST PAPER 1. Read the following text and answer the questions A and B. Adolescents constitute a nation's core resource for national renewal and growth. Adolescence is a period in life when transition from childhood to adulthood takes place and behaviours and lifestyles are shaped. According to the World Health Organization (WHO), adolescence is the period which shapes the future of million adolescents in Bangladesh; 13.7 million of them are girls and 14.3 millions boys. The situation of adolescent girls in Bangladesh is characterised by inequality and subordination within the family and society. This inequality leads to widespread practice of child marriage, marginalisation or exclusion from health, education and economic opportunities, and vulnerability to violence and sexual abuse. In Bangladesh, the legal age of marriage is 18 for girls and 21 for boys. However, 33 percent of adolescent girls are married before the age of 15 and 60 percent become mothers by the age of 19. Research finds that adolescents with higher level of education and from more affluent families tend to marry at a later age. Boys, however, become ready for marriage only after several years of adolescence and young adulthood. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives. 1x5=5 (a) What could be the closest meaning for the word "constitute" in the first sentence? (i) take (ii) form (iii) add (iv) make (b) The phrase "take place" in the second sentence stands for — (i) occur (ii) recur (Hi) go to a place (iv) all of them (c) Adolescence is a-----period from childhood to adulthood. (i) transition (ii) transitory (iii) transitional (iv) transient (d) The synonym of 'affluent' is----. (i) destitute (ii) poor (iii) poverty (iv) well off (e) The word "economic" can be replaced by-------. (i) economy (ii) economical (iii) monetary (iv) finance Answer: 1. A. Multiple choice (a) ––– (ii) form: (b) ––– (i) occur (c) ––– (iii) transitional (d) ––– (iv) well oft (e)––– (iii) monetary. B. Answer the following questions. 2X5=10 (a) How will you define adolescence? (b) Why is adolescence important? (c) What do the adolescent girls in Bangladesh usually face? (d) What are the effects of female inequality in Bangladesh? (e) How do wealth and education Influence a girl's marriage? Answer B. Open-ended (a) Adolescence is a period in life when transition from childhood to adulthood takes place and behaviours and lifestyles are shaped. (b) Adolescence is important because this period shapes the future of girls' or boys' future lives. (c) The adolescent girls in Bangladesh usually face inequality and subordination within the family and society. (d) The effects of female inequality in Bangladesh are widespread practice of child marriage, marginalization or exclusion from health, education and economic opportunities and vulnerability to violence and sexual abuse, etc. (e) A girl with higher level of education and from a more affluent family tends to marry at a later age. Thus wealth and education influence a girl's marriage. RAJSHAHI BOARD ― 2017 ENGLISH (COMPULSORY) FIRST PAPER Part-I: Reading (60 Marks) 1. Read the passage and answer the questions A and B. Kuakata, locally known as Sagar Kannya (Daughter of the Sea) is a rare scenic spot located on the southernmost tip of Bangladesh. It is 70 km from Patuakhali district headquarters and 320 km from Dhaka. An excellent combination of the picturesque natural beauty, sandy beaches, blue sky and the shimmering expanse of water of the bay of Bengal and the evergreen forest makes Kuakata a much sought after tourist destination. The name Kuakata takes its origin from the story of a ‘Kua’ ― or well- dug on the seashore by the early Rakhaine settlers for collecting drinking water. The Rakhaines had landed on Kuakata coast after being expelled from Arakan by the Mughals. Kuakata is a unique spot which allow a visitors to watch both the sunrise and the sunset from the beach. That perhaps makes Kuakata one of the world’s most attractive beaches. Kuakata is truly a virgin beach and a sanctuary for migratory winter birds. Fishing boats plying on the Bay of Bengal with colourful sails, surfing waves and the lines of coconut trees add to the vibrant colours of Kuakata. The indigenous culture of the Rakhaine community and hundred years old Buddhist temples indicate the age-old tradition and cultural heritage of this area. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives. (a) Scenic spot refers to ――. (i) a place havin multiple scenes (ii) a place having a calm atmosphere (ii) a place of unparalleled natural beauty (iv) a place having untidy spots (b) The word ‘shimmering’ in the text could be best replaced by ――. (i) shivering (ii) shining (iii) significant (iv) glaring (c) The Rakhine originally came from ――. (i) Ratuakhali district (ii) Latachapali union (iii) Kuakata coast (iv) Arakan district (d) The best synonym of ‘vibrant’ is ――. (i) thrilling (ii) colourful (iii) gorgeous (iv) brilliant (e) Kuakata is truly a virgin beach and sanctuary for migratory winter birds ―― what does it imply? (i) Kuakata is a beach in its original pure condition and a rare abode for guest birds. (ii) Kuakata is a place of rare beauty and world’s longest beach. (ii) Kuakata is untouched by human habitation. (iv) Kuakata is a natural habitat. Answer: 1. A a― (iii) a place of unparalleled natural beauty; b― (ii) shining c― (iv) Arakan district d― (iv) brilliant e― (i) Kuakata is a beach in its original pure condition and a rare abode for guest birds B. Answer the following questions. 2 × 5 = 10 (a) What does the expression ‘a much south after tourist destination’ mean? (b) Where does the name Kuakata come from? (c) What makes Kuakata an attractive tourist spot? (d) Why would one visit Kuakata? (e) ‘Kuakata’ upholds an ancient tradition, how? Answer: B. Open-ended (a) The expression ‘a much south after tourist destination’ means a very attractive tourist spot which the tourists of home and abroad greatly desire to visit. (b) The name ‘Kuakata’ comes from the story of ‘Kua’ or well- dug on the seashore by the early Rakhine settlers for collecting drinking water. (c) Kuakata has a genuine scenic beauty that attracts tourists. An excellent combination of the picuresque natural beauty, sandy beaches, blue sky and the shimmering expanse of water of the Bay-of Bengal and the evergreen forest makes Kuakata a much south after tourist destination. (d) One would visit Kuakata, one of the most beautiful beaches of the world, to enjoy its scenic natural beauty, sandy and foamy beaches, blue sky, evergreen forest, shimmering and the surfing waves, migratory birds, the unending line of coconut trees, etc. (e) Kuakata rightly upholds an ancient tradition and cultural heritage of this area being in possession of the native culture of the Rakhine community and hundred-year old Buddhist temples. Dhaka Board – 2017 English First Paper [N. B. ––The figures in the right margin indicate full marks. Answer all the questions.] Part I 1. Read the passage and answer the questions A and B :–– One of the sources of water in our country are the rivers. Rivers are everywhere in our life, literature, economy, and culture. But are the rivers in good shape? Unfortunately, they are not. A fer are already dead and several are going through the pangs of death. The river Buriganga is an example of a dying river. A report published in the Daily Sun describes what has happened to the river Buriganga and why. Its water is polluted and a perpetual strench fills the air around it. But that is not what it was like before. The report says that the river has a glorious past. Once it was a tributary of the mighty Ganges and flowed into the Bay of Bengal through the river Dhaleswari. Gradually, it lost its link with the Ganges and got the name Buriganga. The Mughals marveled at the tide level of the Buriganga and founded their capital Jahangirnagar on its banks in 1610. The river supplied drinking water and supported trade and commerce. Jahangirnagar was renamed Dhaka which grew into a heavily populated city with a chronic shortage of space. The city paid back the bounty of the river by sucking life out of it! According to newspaper report, the Buriganga is dying because of pollution. Huge quantities of toxic chemicals and wastes from mills and factories, hospitals and clinics and households and other establishments are dumped into the river everyday. The city of Dhaka discharges about 4500 tons of solid waste everyday and most of it is directly released into the Buriganga. According to the department of the Environment (DoE) 20,000 tons of tannery waste, including some highly toxic materials are released into the river everyday. Experts identified nine industrial areas in and around the capital city as the primary sources of river pollution: Tongi, Tejgaon, Hazaribagh, Tarabo, Narayanganj, Savar, Gazipur, Dhaka Export Processing Zone and Ghorashal. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives:– 1x5=5 (a) The word ‘tributary’ refers to ––––– (i) fountain (ii) territory (iii) stream (iv) kingdom (b) The Buriganga water fills the air with –––––– (i) aroma (ii) fragrance (iii) stink (iv) scent (c) ––––––– founded their capital on the bank of the Buriganga. (i) The British (ii) The Mughals (iii) The Indians (iv) The Bangladeshi (d) Which of the following statement is false? (i) Buriganga is a river (ii) Our rivers are not in good shape (iii) Jahangirnagar was once called Dhaka (iv) Water is being contaminated (e) The best synonym of ‘toxic’ is–––––––– (i) Poisonous (ii) Hygienic (iii) Healthy (iv) Useful B. Answer the following questions :–– 2x5=10 (a) What do you think is the condition of the rivers of our country? (b) What is the commercial value of the river Buriganga? (c) Why is the Buriganga described as an example of a dying river? Give reasons for your answer. (d) How is the Buriganga polluted? (e) What did the Mughals marvel at? What was the outcome of it?

improve spoken english, english speaking practice, better speaking, speaking activities, betting speaking Spoken English Spoken English Spoken English Spoken English Hesitation Fillers Phrase and Idioms

Application Writing, Application writing for SSC examination, Email writing for HSC examination, Applications For the Examination written by the students

Advanced Sentence Structures for Better Writing How to write better English Writing assessment criteria Your Writing is basically assessed based on four criteria: Task Achievement (TA) = how well you answer the question. ... Coherence and Cohesion (CC) = how well is your text structured. ... Lexical Resource (LR) = how good is your vocabulary. ... Grammatical Range and Accuracy (GRA) = how good is your grammar. Task Response In this criterion, the type of response that you write for the essay type question is determined. It assesses the main idea of your essay and the way you develop it with relative examples. To score better: pay attention to ALL issues in the essay question write about the issues rather than just the general topic answer the essay question with relevant main points plan your supporting points so they don’t go off the topic write required number of words Coherence & Cohesion This writing criterion determines the proper use of linking words, paragraphing skills and use of cohesive devices (for example, connectors, conjunctions) is determined. Also, the number of paragraphs is taken into consideration. Dividing your essay into more or fewer paragraphs might lower your score. To score better: have either four or five paragraphs but not more and not less this means you should have two or three body paragraphs only have just one central topic in each body paragraph organise your ideas logically use a range of linking words avoid errors in linking words Lexical Resource Under this criterion, the use of a sufficient range of vocabulary, proper spellings, correct implementation of collocations, and word formation are taken care of while scoring. You must avoid using wrong words and informal language. To score better: pay attention to collocations paraphrase carefully to avoid errors use a range of words appropriate for the topic spell words correctly avoid making errors avoid using informal language Grammatical Range & Accuracy To score this criterion, things taken into consideration include sentence structures, proper use of tenses, putting right punctuations, use of simple as well as complex statements with clear ideas, and control over Grammar. To score better: use a wide range of grammatical structures pay attention to word order in your sentences use a range of sentence structures use the correct punctuation avoid errors in grammar

Vocabulary for IELTS Rules Basic Advanced Worksheets Beginner (1) Elementary (2) (PECE) Pre-intermediate (3) (JSC) Intermediate (4) (SSC) Upper-intermediate (5( (HSC) Advanced (6)(University) Cloze Test With Clues Rules of With Clues/Without Clues With Clues Worksheet-A 1. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. came asked Edge looked orchard during gave safe Went mangoe picked lived Once upon a time there (a) ----- a poor man called Suruj Ali. He (b) ----- after a large mango orchard. Hamidur Rahman was the owner of the orchard. One day some of Hamidur Rahmans friends (c) ----- to visit him. It was (d) ------- the summer season when the mangoes were ripe. So Hamidur Rahman (e) ------- Suruj Ali to pick some of the ripe (f) ---- for his friends. Suruj Ali (g) ----- to the (h) ----- and (i) ----some nice large mangoes. Then he (j) ----- them to his master. 2. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. were sit hold as at did cast feel follow into Hans (a)---- excited but nervous (b)---- he walked (c)--- Frankel’s library.The small metal object and the book (d)--- still there on Frankel’s desk.Hans (e)-- down and looked (f)---- the book .Then he (g)--- the metal object and (h)--- the instructions carefully. It was not easy to (i) ----the spell,but he (j)--- his best. 3. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. forge bellows stood see looked were laughing pulled walked bright back together Mr Ahmed and the boys (a) ------ up to the smithy and (b) ----- in. Inside the hutst were two blacksmiths. They were working (c) ----- in front of their (d) ------. They could also (e) -- a young boyof about their own age. He was helping the two blacksmiths. He (f) ---a small metal chain. When he pulled it, the (g) --- blew. Mr Ahmed and his students could see the large bellows at the (h) --- of the smithy. And in front of the bellows (i) --- the forge. Though the two blacksmiths were small, their muscles (j) ---- as strong as iron. 4. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. alert lay over fell recognised into hospitalize into wiping unconscious walked informed Mrs Siddiqua Murshed, Rinas grandmother got an accident near the college pond. She (a) ---- down and hurt hershelf. When Anwar and Kashem were walking home together, they noticed a small crowd near the college pond. Without making any delay, the two boys walked quickly (b) ----- to the crowd of people. Anwar (c) --- her. She was no other than Rinas grandmother. Anwar ran off and soon reached Rinas house. Rinas mother was (d) ---- of the accident. Taking down a note to Rina, she and Anwar (e) ---- quickly up the road towards the college pond together. They arrived at the college pond and Mrs Rahena Salam saw her mother still lying (f) ----- on the ground. She (g) - on her side with Kasem and a lady kneeling beside her. The lady was (h) ----- Mrs Siddiqua Moursheds forehead with a cool damp cloth. They decided to (i) ------ her immediately. Anwar somehow managed a push-cart and Mrs Salam, Kashem and Anwar gently lifted Mrs Murshed (j) ------ it. 5. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. able helping visit grateful learn about All true being like “While I was (a) ---- taken to the hospital, my granddaughter, Rina, looked after her young brother, Tunu, (b) ---- by herself. Then, when she and Luna came to (c) ---- me in hospital, she told a story to me. Its (d) ----- a very responsibal young person (e) ---------- herself, and its (f) ----------. After lunch, you’ll be (g) ---------- to hear Rinas story for yourselves. I think we can all (h) ---------- a lot from interesting stories like that. “I’m very (i) ---------- to all you young people for (j) ---------- me to recover from my accident so quickly.” 6. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. grow snow cover off inside grow bare finish out hard outside window After sometime, the warm sunny days (a)…..Then the winter season came and the weather in Greece (b)….cold. The soft earth became (c)….and nothing could (d)……The leaves dropped (e)…..the trees and the countryside looked (f)….and grey. Then it started (g)….and the fields were covered in soft white snow. Mr Ant stayed (h)… his house. Through his (i)….he looked at the trees and the white fields (j)….in snow. 7. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. garden shop asked talking discussion teacher make used looked with against over The next day class 8 had (a)----with their general science (b)…..,Mr Anis Ahmed. “We‘ve been (c)….with our new student, Anwar, Sir,” said Kashem. “In his old school, they (d)…..the profit from their school (e)…..to make a school garden. We also (f)….a profit from our school shop and we have enough land in our school to make a (g)…..” Mr Ahmed (h)…out of the classroom widow. “Do you want to use that piece of land (i)….there?” (j)----Mr Ahmed. 8. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. bellows complecated smithy cast hard spell heat instruments example rather bellows was At the side of the laboratory (a) ---------- Frankels libray. In the laboratory, Frankel and Hans worked (b) ---------- together. Hans thought that the laboratory was (c) ---------- like a (d) ----------. For (e) ---------- they sometimes used chains, (f) ---------- and a forge to (g) ---------- and mix different kinds of metals. But the work was more (h) ---------- than a blacksmiths. They used their (i) ---------- to make spells, not spades and hoes. Frankel, however, did not (j) ---------- his spells in the labortary. 9. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. gave was chosen is were hot given chose started dug stood flooded A piece of land was (a) ---to the class 8 students. It (b) -----about twelve metres long and six metres wide. The Headmaster (c) ----it to them. He and Mr Ahmed (d) ------ it. It was (e)----for three reasons. It (f)….near the school’s well, was always sunny and during the rainy season never (g)------.That (h)----why it was suitable. So, when all the tools (i)….made, the students (j)…to work. 10. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. about quickly better Bent round inside best broken heard upset Rina stood up (a)---and looked down at the paper bag. It was broken and something inside was making damp. Rina (b)----down and carefully looked (c)—the paper bag. All her lovely eggs were (d)-----! She felt sad. She felt so (e)—that she started to cry. Suddenly she (f)----a voice. It was her (g)---friend. Luna put her hand(h)----Rina’s shoulders and soon Rina felt (i)---.Then they walked to school together and Rina told her (j)---the accident. 11. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. Leaves fell strong stopped admired boats Stored before quietly Leisure happily for While Mr Ant worked on his farm, Mr Grasshopper sang (a)---in the warm sun. And when he (b)---,he sat and (c)---the beautiful countryside all around him. He looked at the (d)---on the trees,the green fields and the fishermen’s (e)---on the sea. Then Mr. Grasshopper (f)---asleep. While Mr Grassopher slept (g)----in his chair, Mr Ant continued to work on his farm.(h)---many days, weeks and months, he was busy in his fields. And as soon as his crops were ready,he (i)----the grain in his granary. So while Mr Grassopher enjoyed his (j)----,Mr Ant worked hard from morning until night. 12. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. into Happen Ones queit celebration all see tell decide Show After lunch, Rina told her story to everyone. She liked to (a) ------ stories and could tell very good (b) ------. Everyone sat (c) ------- and listened to her. “This is a true story. It really (d) -------,” Rina explained. “I (e) ------- thye story in a letter to a newspaper. My friends mother (f) -------- it to me. I liked the letter so much that I (g) ------- to make it (h) ------ a story.” First she told the story to tunu and her grandmother. Now she is telling it to (i) -------- her family and friends at her grandmothers (j) --------. 13. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. exist hard summer during plenty used think about future agreed nature really Mr Grasshopper didn’t like to work (a)-----the lovely hot (b)----days. “It’s (c)---not necessary,” he told Mr Ant. “Why do you work so (d)----when there is (e)---of food to eat?” Mr Grasshopper asked him. “There is plenty of food now” (f)-----Mr Ant. “But what (g)----the future?” “Oh, the (h)----! exclaimed Mr Grasshopper. “Why do you (i)----about the future. Mr Ant? It really does not (j)----!” 14. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. tell ask problem reply sunny tree shade well worry garden green bit One (a)---- morning, Mr Anis Ahmed and his class 8 students were looking at the tender (b)---- plants in their school (c)-----. “They’re growing very(d)----,” said Mr Anis Ahmed. “But I’m a bit (e)--- about them. “Why? (f)--- Shahid. “What’s the (g)---?” “Well,” Mr Anis Ahmed (h)----. Come and sit in the (i)---- of this tree and I’ll (j)--- you.” 15. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. grateful invited celebration again about more returned thought feeling parents Mrs Murshed (a)----home after (b)—a week.She was (c)---strong (d)---after a few days(e)---.Then she (f)----about a (g)---for the students.She was really (h)---to them.For this,she (i)---Rina,her friends and their (j)---. 16. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. planned happy family grateful to vegetables some admitted this gave Mr Ahmed (a)---some (b)---for Rina’s grandmother.She was (c)----in Nurpur Hospital.Rina’s (d)---was (e)---to Mr Ahmed.For (f)---Mrs Salam (g)---to give Mr Ahmed (h)---eggs.Rina was (i)---to give the eggs (j)----Mr Ahmed. 17. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. helped grateful classmates story taken are about take hospital young Rina’s grandmother was (a)----to hospital.She would (b)—there for (c)---a week.Anwar and Kashem (d)----Rina’s (e)---.They (f)----her mother to (g)---her grandmother to the (h)---.Rina’s family was (i)----to the (j)---people. 18. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. decide be situate live face use dislike settle take leave There (a)----a young man,named Ruplal who (b)---with his family in a small village(c)—near a jungle.Though the farm was beautiful,he (d)---many problems there.He (e)---the place because the people of the place (f)—to quarrel always.So he (g)—to leave his village and (h)—in the jungle,Finally he (i)—his village (j)---necessary things with him. 19. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. 10 embarrassed wanted call house called visitors home read company moment One day Anwar kept (a)----in his reading room.Then some (b)---came to their (c)----to see his father.But at that (d)----his father was not at (e)----.His mother (f)---to go out to find and (g)---his father home.So she (h)—Anwar and told him to give (i)---to the visitors.But Anwar felt (j)---in the midst of the grown up people. 20. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. feel arrive by recover like start short with come as sense grateful Half an hour later the (a)---of Anwar and Kashem,the celebration (b)---.The function started (c)----the speech of Mrs Murshed.In her (d)----speech,she thanked everyone for (e)---to the party.She said that she (f)---for the help of the young people (g)—Anwar and Kashem.She (h)---proud for their (i)---of responsibility.She was also (j)---to them. 21. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. went come down gave take flew right spoke about introduced explained found I think I (a)----to you on the telephone (b)----20 minutes ago. “Yes,that’s (c)---,”said Rafiq. “Please (d)----in.” So Mrs Green (e)---in and sat (f)---.Then Rafiq (g)---Salma to Mrs Green. “This is my younger sister,Salma,”he (h)---“Salma(i)—your bag in the road and brought it here.” Salma (j)---Mrs Green the bag. 22. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. start go ask bring eat sweet orchard master mangoes with Suruj Ali (a)-----to the orchard and carefully picked some nice,large (b)----.Then he gave them to (c)---when Hamidur Rahman and his friends (d)----eating them.Hamidur Rahman said, “These mangoes don’t taste (e)----.They’re sour! How can we (f)---them?” So he called Suruj Ali back and (g)----him to take the sour mangoes away and (h)---some sweer ones from his (i)----.Suruj Ali came soon (i)---some ripe mangoes. 23. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. perform be appoint name own entertain pick tell invite call Once there (a)----a rich man.He (b)----a big mango orchard.He (c)---a caretaker (d)---Suruj Ali.He (e)---his job sincerely.One day the rich man (f)---some of his friends to his house.He wanted to (g)---them with sweet mangoes.He (h)—the caretaker and (i)---him to bring some sweet mangoes for the guests.Accordingly Suruj Ali (j)---some mangoes for them. 24. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. near sight Student inhabitant returning picked something should take thought Salma was a (a)----of class 8.She was an (b)---of Dhaka city.One day she was (c)---home.On the way,(d)---came in her(e)---.She went (f)---the bag.She thought not to (g)—it.But again she (h)---that she (i)---take it.Then she (j)---it and took home. 25. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. happy asked pale moment talking why tired see mother arrive Rina’s mother was (a)---to her (b)----.At that (c)---,Rina and Luna (d)---there.Grandmother was (e)----to (f)---the girls.Grandmother(g)---Rina(h)---she was looking so (i)----why she was looking so (j)---. 26. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. green very kind went holiday wanted some put asked you explained replied “Would you like (a)----tea?” Salma asked Mrs. (b)--. “Oh,yes please.” (c)---Mrs Green, “That’s very (d)---of you.” “My husband and I are on (e)---in Bangladesh”she (f)---. “This morning we (g)---to go to the bank.We (h)—in a rickshaw.But it was (i)—small.I (j)---my bag behind it. With Clues Worksheet-A Answer 1. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. came asked Edge looked orchard during gave safe Went mangoe picked lived Once upon a time there (a) ----- a poor man called Suruj Ali. He (b) ----- after a large mango orchard. Hamidur Rahman was the owner of the orchard. One day some of Hamidur Rahmans friends (c) ----- to visit him. It was (d) ------- the summer season when the mangoes were ripe. So Hamidur Rahman (e) ------- Suruj Ali to pick some of the ripe (f) ---- for his friends. Suruj Ali (g) ----- to the (h) ----- and (i) ----some nice large mangoes. Then he (j) ----- them to his master. Answer: (a) lived (b) looked (c) came (d) during (e) asked (f) mangoes (g) went (h) orchard (i) picked (j) gave 2. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. were sit hold as at did cast feel follow into Hans (a)---- excited but nervous (b)---- he walked (c)--- Frankel’s library.The small metal object and the book (d)--- still there on Frankel’s desk.Hans (e)-- down and looked (f)---- the book .Then he (g)--- the metal object and (h)--- the instructions carefully. It was not easy to (i) ----the spell,but he (j)--- his best. Answer: (a) felt (b) as (c) onto (d) were (e) sat (f) at (g) held (h) followed (i) cast(j) did 3. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. forge bellows stood see looked were laughing pulled walked bright back together Mr Ahmed and the boys (a) ------ up to the smithy and (b) ----- in. Inside the hutst were two blacksmiths. They were working (c) ----- in front of their (d) ------. They could also (e) -- a young boyof about their own age. He was helping the two blacksmiths. He (f) ---a small metal chain. When he pulled it, the (g) --- blew. Mr Ahmed and his students could see the large bellows at the (h) --- of the smithy. And in front of the bellows (i) --- the forge. Though the two blacksmiths were small, their muscles (j) ---- as strong as iron. Answer: (a) walked (b) looked (c) together (d) forge (e) see (f) pulled (g) bellows (h) back (i) stood (j) were 4. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. alert lay over fell recognised into hospitalize into wiping unconscious walked informed Mrs Siddiqua Murshed, Rinas grandmother got an accident near the college pond. She (a) ---- down and hurt hershelf. When Anwar and Kashem were walking home together, they noticed a small crowd near the college pond. Without making any delay, the two boys walked quickly (b) ----- to the crowd of people. Anwar (c) --- her. She was no other than Rinas grandmother. Anwar ran off and soon reached Rinas house. Rinas mother was (d) ---- of the accident. Taking down a note to Rina, she and Anwar (e) ---- quickly up the road towards the college pond together. They arrived at the college pond and Mrs Rahena Salam saw her mother still lying (f) ----- on the ground. She (g) - on her side with Kasem and a lady kneeling beside her. The lady was (h) ----- Mrs Siddiqua Moursheds forehead with a cool damp cloth. They decided to (i) ------ her immediately. Anwar somehow managed a push-cart and Mrs Salam, Kashem and Anwar gently lifted Mrs Murshed (j) ------ it. Answer: (a) fell (b) over (c) recognised (d) informed (e) walked (f) unconscious (g) lay (h) wiping (i) hospitalized (j) onto 5. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. able helping visit grateful learn about All true being like “While I was (a) ---- taken to the hospital, my granddaughter, Rina, looked after her young brother, Tunu, (b) ---- by herself. Then, when she and Luna came to (c) ---- me in hospital, she told a story to me. Its (d) ----- a very responsibal young person (e) ---------- herself, and its (f) ----------. After lunch, you’ll be (g) ---------- to hear Rinas story for yourselves. I think we can all (h) ---------- a lot from interesting stories like that. “I’m very (i) ---------- to all you young people for (j) ---------- me to recover from my accident so quickly.” Answer: (a) being (b) all (c) visit (d) about (e) like (f) true (g) able (h) learn (i) grateful (j) helping 6. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. grow snow cover off inside grow bare finish out hard outside window After sometime, the warm sunny days (a)…..Then the winter season came and the weather in Greece (b)….cold. The soft earth became (c)….and nothing could (d)……The leaves dropped (e)…..the trees and the countryside looked (f)….and grey. Then it started (g)….and the fields were covered in soft white snow. Mr Ant stayed (h)… his house. Through his (i)….he looked at the trees and the white fields (j)….in snow. Answer(a) finished (b) grew (c) hard (d) grow (e) off (f) bare (g) snowing (h) inside (i) windows (j) covered 7. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. garden shop asked talking discussion teacher make used looked with against over The next day class 8 had (a)----with their general science (b)…..,Mr Anis Ahmed. “We‘ve been (c)….with our new student, Anwar, Sir,” said Kashem. “In his old school, they (d)…..the profit from their school (e)…..to make a school garden. We also (f)….a profit from our school shop and we have enough land in our school to make a (g)…..” Mr Ahmed (h)…out of the classroom widow. “Do you want to use that piece of land (i)….there?” (j)----Mr Ahmed. Answer: (a) discussion (b) teacher (c) talking (d) used (e) shop (f) make (g) garden (h) looked (i) over (j) asked 8. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. bellows complecated smithy cast hard spell heat instruments example rather bellows was At the side of the laboratory (a) ---------- Frankels libray. In the laboratory, Frankel and Hans worked (b) ---------- together. Hans thought that the laboratory was (c) ---------- like a (d) ----------. For (e) ---------- they sometimes used chains, (f) ---------- and a forge to (g) ---------- and mix different kinds of metals. But the work was more (h) ---------- than a blacksmiths. They used their (i) ---------- to make spells, not spades and hoes. Frankel, however, did not (j) ---------- his spells in the labortary. Answer (a) was (b) hard (c) rather (d) smithy (e) example (f) bellows (g) heat (h) complicated (i) instruments (j) cast 9. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. gave was chosen is were hot given chose started dug stood flooded A piece of land was (a) ---to the class 8 students. It (b) -----about twelve metres long and six metres wide. The Headmaster (c) ----it to them. He and Mr Ahmed (d) ------ it. It was (e)----for three reasons. It (f)….near the school’s well, was always sunny and during the rainy season never (g)------.That (h)----why it was suitable. So, when all the tools (i)….made, the students (j)…to work. Answer: (a)given (b) was (c) gave (d) chose (e) chosen (f) stood (g) flooded (h) is (i)were (j) started 10. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. about quickly better Bent round inside best broken heard upset Rina stood up (a)---and looked down at the paper bag. It was broken and something inside was making damp. Rina (b)----down and carefully looked (c)—the paper bag. All her lovely eggs were (d)-----! She felt sad. She felt so (e)—that she started to cry. Suddenly she (f)----a voice. It was her (g)---friend. Luna put her hand(h)----Rina’s shoulders and soon Rina felt (i)---.Then they walked to school together and Rina told her (j)---the accident. Answer: (a) quickly (b) bent (c) inside (d) broken (e) upset (f) heard (g) best (h) round (i) better (j) about 11. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. Leaves fell strong stopped admired boats Stored before quietly Leisure happily for While Mr Ant worked on his farm, Mr Grasshopper sang (a)---in the warm sun. And when he (b)---,he sat and (c)---the beautiful countryside all around him. He looked at the (d)---on the trees,the green fields and the fishermen’s (e)---on the sea. Then Mr. Grasshopper (f)---asleep. While Mr Grassopher slept (g)----in his chair, Mr Ant continued to work on his farm.(h)---many days, weeks and months, he was busy in his fields. And as soon as his crops were ready,he (i)----the grain in his granary. So while Mr Grassopher enjoyed his (j)----,Mr Ant worked hard from morning until night. Answer: (a) happily (b) stopped (c) admired (d) leaves (e) boats (f) fell (g) quietly (h) for (i) stored (j) leisure 12. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. into Happen Ones queit celebration all see tell decide Show After lunch, Rina told her story to everyone. She liked to (a) ------ stories and could tell very good (b) ------. Everyone sat (c) ------- and listened to her. “This is a true story. It really (d) -------,” Rina explained. “I (e) ------- thye story in a letter to a newspaper. My friends mother (f) -------- it to me. I liked the letter so much that I (g) ------- to make it (h) ------ a story.” First she told the story to tunu and her grandmother. Now she is telling it to (i) -------- her family and friends at her grandmothers (j) --------. Answer : (a) tell (b) ones (c) quietly (d) happened (e) saw (f) showed (g) decided (h) into (i) all (j) celebration 13. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. exist hard summer during plenty used think about future agreed nature really Mr Grasshopper didn’t like to work (a)-----the lovely hot (b)----days. “It’s (c)---not necessary,” he told Mr Ant. “Why do you work so (d)----when there is (e)---of food to eat?” Mr Grasshopper asked him. “There is plenty of food now” (f)-----Mr Ant. “But what (g)----the future?” “Oh, the (h)----! exclaimed Mr Grasshopper. “Why do you (i)----about the future. Mr Ant? It really does not (j)----!” Answer:(a) during (b) summer (c) really (d) hard (e) plenty (f) agreed (g) about (h) future (i) care (j) exist 14. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. tell ask problem reply sunny tree shade well worry garden green bit One (a)---- morning, Mr Anis Ahmed and his class 8 students were looking at the tender (b)---- plants in their school (c)-----. “They’re growing very(d)----,” said Mr Anis Ahmed. “But I’m a bit (e)--- about them. “Why? (f)--- Shahid. “What’s the (g)---?” “Well,” Mr Anis Ahmed (h)----. Come and sit in the (i)---- of this tree and I’ll (j)--- you.” Answer (a) sunny (b) green (c) garden (d) well (e) worried (f) asked (g) problem (h) replied (i) shade (j) tell 15. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. grateful invited celebration again about more returned thought feeling parents Mrs Murshed (a)----home after (b)—a week.She was (c)---strong (d)---after a few days(e)---.Then she (f)----about a (g)---for the students.She was really (h)---to them.For this,she (i)---Rina,her friends and their (j)---. Answer: (a) returned (b) about (c) feeling (d) again (e) more (f) though (g) parts (h) grateful (i) invited (j) parents 16. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. planned happy family grateful to vegetables some admitted this gave Mr Ahmed (a)---some (b)---for Rina’s grandmother.She was (c)----in Nurpur Hospital.Rina’s (d)---was (e)---to Mr Ahmed.For (f)---Mrs Salam (g)---to give Mr Ahmed (h)---eggs.Rina was (i)---to give the eggs (j)----Mr Ahmed. Answer: (a) gave (b) vegetables (c) admitted (d) family (e) grateful (f) this (g) planed (h) some (i) happy (j) to 17. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. helped grateful classmates story taken are about take hospital young Rina’s grandmother was (a)----to hospital.She would (b)—there for (c)---a week.Anwar and Kashem (d)----Rina’s (e)---.They (f)----her mother to (g)---her grandmother to the (h)---.Rina’s family was (i)----to the (j)---people. Answer : (a) taken (b) be (c) about (d) are (e) classmates (f)helped(g) take (h)hospital (i) grateful (j) young 18. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. decide be situate live face use dislike settle take leave There (a)----a young man,named Ruplal who (b)---with his family in a small village(c)—near a jungle.Though the farm was beautiful,he (d)---many problems there.He (e)---the place because the people of the place (f)—to quarrel always.So he (g)—to leave his village and (h)—in the jungle,Finally he (i)—his village (j)---necessary things with him. Answer : (a) was (b) lived (c) situated (d) faced (e) disliked (f) used (g) decided (h) settled (i) taking 19. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. 10 embarrassed wanted call house called visitors home read company moment One day Anwar kept (a)----in his reading room.Then some (b)---came to their (c)----to see his father.But at that (d)----his father was not at (e)----.His mother (f)---to go out to find and (g)---his father home.So she (h)—Anwar and told him to give (i)---to the visitors.But Anwar felt (j)---in the midst of the grown up people. Answer:(a) reading (b) visitors (c) house (d) moment (e) home (f) wanted (g) call (h) called (i) company (j) embarrassed 20. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. feel arrive by recover like start short with come as sense grateful Half an hour later the (a)---of Anwar and Kashem,the celebration (b)---.The function started (c)----the speech of Mrs Murshed.In her (d)----speech,she thanked everyone for (e)---to the party.She said that she (f)---for the help of the young people (g)—Anwar and Kashem.She (h)---proud for their (i)---of responsibility.She was also (j)---to them. Answer : (a) arrival (b) started (c) with (d) short (e) coming (f) was recovered (g) like (h) felt (i) sense (j) grateful 21. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. went come down gave take flew right spoke about introduced explained found I think I (a)----to you on the telephone (b)----20 minutes ago. “Yes,that’s (c)---,”said Rafiq. “Please (d)----in.” So Mrs Green (e)---in and sat (f)---.Then Rafiq (g)---Salma to Mrs Green. “This is my younger sister,Salma,”he (h)---“Salma(i)—your bag in the road and brought it here.” Salma (j)---Mrs Green the bag. Answer: (a) spoke (b) about (c) right (d) come (e)went (f) down (g) introduced (h) explained (i) found (j) gave 22. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. start go ask bring eat sweet orchard master mangoes with Suruj Ali (a)-----to the orchard and carefully picked some nice,large (b)----.Then he gave them to (c)---when Hamidur Rahman and his friends (d)----eating them.Hamidur Rahman said, “These mangoes don’t taste (e)----.They’re sour! How can we (f)---them?” So he called Suruj Ali back and (g)----him to take the sour mangoes away and (h)---some sweer ones from his (i)----.Suruj Ali came soon (i)---some ripe mangoes. Answer: (a) went (b) mangoes (c) master (d) started (e) sweet (f) eat (g) asked (h) bring (i) orchard (j) with 23. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. perform be appoint name own entertain pick tell invite call Once there (a)----a rich man.He (b)----a big mango orchard.He (c)---a caretaker (d)---Suruj Ali.He (e)---his job sincerely.One day the rich man (f)---some of his friends to his house.He wanted to (g)---them with sweet mangoes.He (h)—the caretaker and (i)---him to bring some sweet mangoes for the guests.Accordingly Suruj Ali (j)---some mangoes for them. Answer: (a) was (b) owned (c) appointed (d) named (e) performed (f) invited (g) entertain (h) called (i) told (j) picked 24. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. near sight Student inhabitant returning picked something should take thought Salma was a (a)----of class 8.She was an (b)---of Dhaka city.One day she was (c)---home.On the way,(d)---came in her(e)---.She went (f)---the bag.She thought not to (g)—it.But again she (h)---that she (i)---take it.Then she (j)---it and took home. Answer: (a) student (b) inhabitant (c) returning (d) something (e) sight (f) near (g) take (h) thought (i) should (j) picked 25. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. happy asked pale moment talking why tired see mother arrive Rina’s mother was (a)---to her (b)----.At that (c)---,Rina and Luna (d)---there.Grandmother was (e)----to (f)---the girls.Grandmother(g)---Rina(h)---she was looking so (i)----why she was looking so (j)---. Answer: (a) talking (b) mother (c) moment (d) arrived (e) happy (f) see (g) asked (h) why (i) pale (j) tired 26. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right from of the verbs if needed. There are more words than necessary. green very kind went holiday wanted some put asked you explained replied “Would you like (a)----tea?” Salma asked Mrs. (b)--. “Oh,yes please.” (c)---Mrs Green, “That’s very (d)---of you.” “My husband and I are on (e)---in Bangladesh”she (f)---. “This morning we (g)---to go to the bank.We (h)—in a rickshaw.But it was (i)—small.I (j)---my bag behind it. Answer: (a) some (b) Green (c) replied (d) kind (e) holiday (f) explined (g) wanted (h) went (i) very (j) put With clues Worksheet-4.0 English First Paper 1. DB-2011 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. 1x 10=10 food destroyed crisis rise habitat unsuitable turn rain live cut be effect If we (a)----- trees at random, one day our count will (b)------- into a desert. All living animals and birds will not find any (c) -----or shelter to (d) ----- in. They will be (e) -----.There will be no (f) ----and as a result our agriculture will face a great (g) ------. The temperature will (h)----- and it will cause greenhouse (i) -----.The country will be ( j) -----for living. 2. RB-2011 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. 1x10=10 livelihood causes took products depend brings agricultural on consumption supplies beautiful decline Bangladesh is our birth land. It is small but (a)------ . It is an (b) ------country. Most of Many people of this country directly or indirectly (c) ------on agriculture for their (d) -------.Many important industries depend on agricultural (e) ------ . Agriculture (f)------- food stuff for human and animal (g) -------- . Any (h) ----- in agricultural products (i) ----- economic depression in the country. Failure of crops (j) -----sufferings of the entire people. 3. DN B-2011 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. 1X10=10 known bold hunger thirst inspired inconceivable see courage curiosity satisfied dangerous technology Man has an unquenchable (a)---- for knowledge. In fact, he is never (b)-------- with what he has (c) ----- and seen. He wants to know and (d)------ more and more. This (e) — to know more, coupled with his (f) — spirit of adventure, has (g)---- him to undertake and carry out difficult and (h)------ tasks. In the fields of science and (i) ------man has already achieved what was once( j) -------. 4. JB-2011 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. 1x10=10 prevent enables take excellent tired fitness physically fills struggles essential free helps Physical exercise is (a) — for all. It keeps us (b) --- strong and healthy. Our life is full of activities and (c) —. We can face them if we have physical and sound (d) ---- .It is physical exercise which (e) — us to have a sound mind in a body. Physical exercise (f) --- some other benefits too. It also offers us an (g)---- recreation. It takes our mind (h)-----from the drudgery of work and (i) --- it with joy. So we must j)----physical exercise for our sound health. 5. COM B-2011 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. 1X10=10 through work long blue ready inferior dignity sacrifice high aware above same Man's (a)--------- depends on his work, Man is a rational being. He is to (b) ------ for others. He should not be proud of his (c)----- blood. He should be (d) ------ to help anyone of any class. The man whom he is helping may be (e)------ to him by birth. But after all he is a man. He has the (f)-----blood and flesh the (g)------ kind of man. So, he should (h)--------his own life for others' welfare. We cannot live (i)-----on earth. We must die one day. We can live (j) ----- our work. 6. CTG B-2011 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary.lx10=10 dependence risen necessity around production shortage circumstances shift improved sustained dependent demand Power is the key to the economic growth of any country. The (a) — of power is only known when load-shedding occurs. Though rural fife of Bangladesh is not totally (b) ---- on power, urban life cannot be (c) — without electricity. At present we have (d) — of around 4000 MW electricity and the (e) –--- is around 2000 MW. This demand is ever on the (f) ----- . In 2020 the national demand for electricity will rise to (g) ----- 8000 MW. The reality is that this situation cannot be (h) ----- just by installing some high capacity power generation plants. Under these (i) ----- we should create a master plan to increase the production of electricity and also have to j) ------- our concentration to alternative fuel source. 7. Syl B-2011 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box below. There are more words than necessary. lX10=10 like distress getting take ensure mutual treat seems make familiar developing communicate 8. As the world's communication is (a) — day by day the world seems to be (b)-----smaller. For the development of communication system, now we can easily (c) with the people of other countries within a moment. Now the world (d) to be a village and the countries seem to be families. If we develop our (e) understanding and co-operation, we can (f) — our world a better place. We should never (g) — others as enemies but friends. As a friend we should (h) — immediate help to other countries in their (i) — and sorrows we should( j) ------them to be our neighbours. 9. BB- 2011 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. 1X10=10 clean made on important objects clothes. empty forces full currents under water The world is (a) — of uncountable natural and man (b)----- objects. Natural (c) ------ are stones, trees, air and (d) —. Man made objects are houses, cars (e)------- and chemicals. Natural (f)-----are cyclones, earthquakes, volcanoes. storms and ocean (g) ----- Life exists different conditions. It is very (i) -----to keep the environment (j)----- . 10. DB2010 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary : Ix10=10 help inactive others aversion hence anything claim ability charity indolent devoid dignity What is begging? Begging is the (a)----- of others. It does not give (b)---- good to the society. It is totally unproductive and (c)---- , it has no output. It does not develop a man's (d)--- or will to be self-reliant. It makes him (e)-----and habitually (f)— and dependent on others. It makes a man (g) —any sense of self-respect. Hence those who live by begging cannot (h) —for any dignity in the society because of their (i) ---to work. They only seek the charily of j)----- and become burden to the society. 11. Com B 2010 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary : - IX10=10 efforts removing help assist aware thought literacy enlarge social increase illiteracy realise Inability to read and write is (a)---- . It hinders all development (b)-----of the government. The literacy rate of Bangladesh is still low. We have to (c)---- this rate for entire development of the country. A country's development cannot be (d)--- of keeping the large number of people (e)------ . Government alone cannot meet this challenge without the (f)---- of the literate community. It is the (g)------ responsibility of the literate people to (h)---- the government for the eradication. Of illiteracy. We must (i)----- that we cannot exist as a nation without (j)------ illiteracy from the society. 12. Raj B 2010 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary :—1XI0=10 mentally educated help genius useful s sympathetic provides improve knowledge develop self-reliant virtue Proper education (a)----- a learner with opportunity to (b)------- all his talents. Its aim is to (c)----- him physically and (d)----- so that he can be (e)----- to himself and to the society. An educated man is (f)------ but he can also assist others in attaining this great (g)----- He is supposed to be well mannered, kind and (h)------ So, a man who has acquired (i)----- and skill cannot be called a truly (j) -----man only for his material development. 13. JB 2010 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary :-- 1X10=10 evil very lives neglected proper regret real when been remember get about Our freedom fighters are the (a)----- heroes of our country. We should (b)----them as they sacrificed their (c)---- for the cause of motherland. It is a matter of great (d)---- that most of them are (e)---- and our young generation does not know their valiant struggle. Yet today many of the real freedom fighters have not (g)- --found out and established. Some of them lead a (h)----- poor life. The authority should take (i)---- step to enlist them and give them (j) ------honour. 14. BB 2010 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. IX10=10 travel age civilization regular sphere modern ancient difficult time greater possible constant We live in an (a)----- of science. We can see the influence of science in all (b) -----. Science is a (c) ------- companion of our daily life. We have made the impossible things (d) -----by means of science. The modern (e)------ is a contribution of science. At present we can easily (f) from one place to another. But in (g)----- time journey was (h) . Man has to spend a lot of (i)----- and money for travelling. But we should remember that science has to be explored for (j) ----welfare of mankind. 15. SB2010 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box below. There arc more words than necessary :— IX10=10 defend materialized so-called cherished noble pretender inspires inherent aloft fake fraud remember 16. Patriotism is a (a)---- virtue. It is an (b)---- instinct in human nature. It (c)---- a man to shed every drop of blood to (d)-----the liberty and dignity of the country.- But patriotism should not be merely a (e)---- slogan in the public meeting to (f)---- the people. It should be (g)---- in the core of heart and (h)---- in our deeds. We should keep ourselves above from the (i)------ patriotism. Everybody should bear in mind that a (j)---- must be defeated. Nobody will remember or honour a mock patriot. Ctg B-2010 17. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary : — IX10=10 epend unnaturally depression industries provide live plays damages overcome supplies decline know Ours is an agricultural. country. Hence most of the citizens of our country. directly or indirectly (a)--------on agriculture for their livelihood. Many important (b)----- of our country also depend on agricultural products. Agriculture (c)-------a vital role in our national economy. It (d)-------food stuff for both human and animal consumption. So people have to suffer a lot if there is any (e)----- in agricultural products. The sufferings o f the farmers and working class of people (f)------no bounds. The failure of crops causes a great economic (g)------in the country and prices of daily necessaries may go (h)------up. The floods and the subsequent (i) ------ of agricultural products are burning examples of it. We are lucky that our government has successfully j)------the problems. 18. DN B 2010 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. You can make grammatical changes if necessary : 1X10 = 10 livelihood causes took products depend brings agriculture on consumption beautiful supplies decline Bangladesh is our birth land. It is small but (a)------ .It is an (b)------ country. Most of the people of this country directly or indirectly (c)------- on agriculture for their (d)------ . Many important industries depend on agricultural (e) ------ 19. Agriculture (f) ------foodstuff for human and animal (g) --------- . Any (h) ------- in agricultural products (i) ------ economic depression in the country. Failure of crops (j)----- sufferings to the entire people. 20. DB-2009 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary:— IX10=10 prepare natural sphere hand use generously purpose resources fertile land rocky locality Nature has given her (a)- — — to us more (V—than many other countries of the world. Think about our (c)— - — — -, It is soft and (d)--- — -. Our farmers who have simple (e)- — - made tools can easily dig, plough and (0- — — the soil with them. Whereas lands of most other countries which are hard and (g) — — — cannot be easily dug, ploughed and prepared. We have a great (h)- — — — advantages too. We can (1) — -most of our lands for the j)— of agriculture and industry. 21. Com B 2009 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right form of the word if needed. There are more words than necessary:— 1X10=10 little prevent remote causes irrigate behind easy recent river great verify close Crops need water. Farmers must (a) their fields if there is very (b) - rain at any time. But irrigation is not (c)---- if there is no river (d)------ to the crops. Canals can carry (e)— water to the field. Sometimes much water (f)—flood. A dam may (g)--------difficulties of irrigation. A (h)------- lake can be built (i)---- the dam . Dams are not j)------invention. 22. Raj 2009 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary:— IX10=10 loses both continuous real competition matched progress loss enjoyment win matching result Without effort there can be no (a)---- in life. Life (b)----- its interest if there is no struggle. Games become dull, if there is no (c) in them and if the (d) can be easily foreseen. No matter we (e) the, game or lose it.The keener the contest, the greater the (f)----- . A victory is not a (g)----- triumph unless (h) -------the sides are equally (i) ----- Whether, we like it or not, life is one (j) ---- competitive examination. 23. JB 2009 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary:— IX10=10 made passed need least literate illiterate waste remove educate necessary education compulsory We must not (a)----- our energy and money any more. We (b) —to take steps to (c) -----our people. Emphasis should be given on primary (d) There should be at (e)-----one primary school in each and every village. We are happy that our govt. has (f) ------primary education (g)------ . A law has been (h)------- in the assembly. To (i) ------ illiteracy from the country, some more steps may be taken. The j)------ adults need to be educated. 24. Syl B 2009 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary:— 1X10=10 visited purse premises had frequently has 25. collected exhibitions tempted making crowded displayed Of all the (a)---- , the book fairs are of recent origin. They are (b)------held in towns and cities now. Last year I (c)-------Ekusher Boi Mela in Bangla Academy (d)--------. There were a number of stalls and thousands of books were (e) It was a great opportunity of (f)------- a varied choice of books. So many book lovers (g)--------there, I was (h)------ to buy a lot of books but my (i)-------did not permit me. As a result, I bought a few books and j)----- a lot of Catalogues. 26. BB- 2009 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary:— 1X10=10 light participation prosper basic darkness educate deprive discrimination removes population development bring No nation can (a)----- without education. Education (b)---- our ignorance and gives us (c)------- of knowledge. In respect of imparting education there should be no (d)----between man and i woman. Education is one of the (e)----human rights. If we (f)----- women of the right of education, almost half of our (g)------ will remain in (h)-----.No (i)------ can be possible without the j)-------of women. 27. Ctg 2009 Fill in each gap of the following passage with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary :— 1X10=10 light bring deprive participation removes run darkness educate discrimination development basic remain Education (a)-------our ignorance and gives us (b)---of knowledge. In respect of imparting education there should be no (c)-------between man and woman. Education is one of the (d) human rights. If we (e)------women of the right of education, almost half of our population will (f)-------in (g)------. No (h)------can be brought about without (i) of women. So government is doing everything to j)-------women folk. 28. DN B 2009 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary:— IX10=10 Possible time difficult spheres poor travel civilization ancient age greater all constant We live in an (a)------- of science. We can see the influence of science in all (b) ------ of life. Science is a (c) ----- companion of our daily life. We have made the impossible things (d) -----by means of science. The modern (e) is a contribution of science. At present we can easily (f) ------ from one place to another. But in (g) ------time journey was (h) ----- . Man had to spend a lot of (i)------- and money for travelling. But we should remember that science has to be exploited for the j)----- welfare of mankind. 29. DB-2008 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. lx 10=10 safely narrow menace invention life controlled daily lie violate happen increasing lives Road accidents are (a)----- occurrences in modern city life. Every year thousands of people lose their (b) ----and many more are injured. Before the (c) ------- of automobiles, people moved from one place to another slowly but (d) . The real causes of road accidents (e) ------with the people not with the transports. In some cities the roads are (f) ----- These can hardly cope with the (g)----- number of traffic. Besides, the traffic is not (h) ------- properly. The drivers often (i) ------ traffic rules. As road accidents become a great(j)----- immediate steps should be taken to stop the danger. 30. Com-2008 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. 1X10=10 through work long blue ready inferior rational sacrifice high aware above same Man's dignity depends upon his words. Man is a (a) ----- being on the earth. He is to (b) --------for others. He should not be proud if he is of (c)------ blood. He should be (d)-------- to help any class of man. The man whom he is helping may be (e) ------- to him by birth. But after all, he is a man. He has the (f)------ blood and flesh a-s-the (g)---- mentioned man. So, he should (h)------- his own life for other's welfare. We cannot live (i) ---- on the earth. We must die once. But we can live j) --------- our works. 31. Raj 2008 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary:— 1X10=10 expected tries famous cruel study glorious institution public successful hard students result Every student expects a (a)------ result in the examination and for this he (b)------ heart and soul. There are many ways to have glorious (c)------- . Admission in the famous (d)------ is one of them. So most of the (e)----- dream for getting admission in a (f)------- institution. Most of the students start to study (g)--------- after their final examination to get admission into their (h)--------institutions. Some become (I)-------- and some become failure in their mission. The students who don't j)- ------ hard cannot succeed in this context. 32. JB 2008 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words in the box than necessary.IX10=10 light removes basic prosper run darkness bring participation remain educate deprive discrimination Education is the backbone of a nation. No nation can (a)-------- without education. Education (b) our ignorance and gives us (c)------ of knowledge. In respect of imparting education there should be no (d) between men and women. Education is one of the (e) ------ human rights. If we (f)------- women of the right of education, almost half of the population will (g)--------- in (h)------- . No development can be brought about in our society without the (i) ------- of women. The government of Bangladesh is doing everything to j) ------ women folk. 33. SB 2008 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than ncccssary :— lX10=10 help illiterate assist efforts removing aware illiteracy enlarge exist thought literacy increase Inability to read and write is (a)-------- . It hinders all development (b) of the government. The literacy rate of Bangladesh is still low. We have to (c) this rate for entire development of the country. A country's development can not be (d)-------- of keeping the large number of people (e)------- . Government alone cannot meet this challenge with out the (f)------ of the literate community. It is the social responsibility of the literate people to (g) ------ the government for the eradication of illiteracy. We must realise that we cannot (h) --------as a nation without (i) ------illiteracy from the society. So we should be j) ------- of this great problem. 34. BB 2008 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. 1X10=10 ever time tomorrow suffer who lost take enough call properly shine good Time and tide waits for none. No one can (a) -------- it back. A man gets back his (b) ------money and health but cannot get back his lost time. Time once lost is lost for (c) ------- So we should make the (d) ------ use of time. We should do our duties (e) ------- .If we put off our work for (f) ---------, we may not get an opportunity to do it at all. There are some people (g)------- idle away time for nothing. They cannot prosper in life. They have to (h)------ for it. So we should (I)------ an oath that we must do our duty properly and in j) ------ . 35. CTG 2008 Fill in each cap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary :— IX10=10 through work long blue ready inferior dignity sacrifice high aware above same Man's (a) ------ depends on his work. Man is rational being. He is to (b) ------- for others. He should not be proud of his (c) -------blood. He should be (d) ------- to help anyone of any class. The man whom he is helping may be (e) ------ to him by birth. But after all he is a man. He has the (f)------- blood and flesh as the (g)------- kind of man. So, he should (h) -------his own life for others welfare. We cannot live (i) ------- on earth. We must die one day. We can live (j)------ our work. 36. DB2007 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. 1X10=10 almost useful era without helps knowledge nations mutual necessity essential important becomes English is in International Language. As a result the (a)--------- of English has increased. Different countries have to keep (b)-------- communication among them. The (c)---------- of learning English is very great. Because it (d) us to develop a good relationship with other (e)--------- In this modern (f)-------- of communication it is not possible to advance (g)-------- it. English (h) ------- the language of the whole world. (i)-------- all books in Science and Technology have been written or translate into English. One can't think of higher studies without the j) ------- of English. 37. Com 2007 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the There are more words than necessary. IX10=10 thinking now instead again stood different following on along into up running The Pied Piper stepped into the street and began to play his pipe (a)------ . This time the music was (b)-------- . At the sound of the music all the children of Hamelin came (c)-------. The Mayor, the councilors and all the parents (d) -----dumb. The Piper walked (e) ------the streets and the children followed him. They were laughing and dancing. But (f) --------- the piper did not go towards the river. He walked towards the hill called Koppelburg (g)---------- . The parents felt relieved. (h)--------- that the piper would never be able to cross the hill. But as soon as the piper reached the hill, it opened (i) ------and he walked into it with the children j) ------ him. Then the hill closed and they were never seen again. 38. Raj 2007 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary : IX10=10 light participation prosper basic darkness run deprive discrimination educate bring removes remain Education is the backbone of a nation. No nation can (a)-------- without education.Education (b)-------- our ignorance and gives us (c)--------- of knowledge. In respect of imparting education there should be no (d)-------- between man and woman. Education is one of the (e) human rights. If we (f)---------- women of the right of education, almost half of our population will (g)------- in (h)-------- . No development can be brought about in our society without the (i) --------- of women. The Government of Bangladesh is doing everything to j) ----- women folk. 39. JB 2007 Fill in each gap using a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. 1 x 10 = 10 result necessity know control polluted purpose sound wise balance gone conscious interest low Ashraf, who is a student of class ten, has taken a (a)-------- step. He is very much (b) ------ to visit villages along with his friends. He came to know that the villagers are not (c) -----of environmental problems. They do not (d) ----------how to keep up the (e) ------- of the environment. The villagers have no (f) over the population growth also. As a (g)-------- our environment is being (h)-------- day by day. He wants to make people know about the (i)------- of clean environment. Really, his j) ---------is great. 40. Syl B 2007 Fill in the gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right form of the word if needed. 10 41. hold, visit, recent, collecting, crowd, old, enlarge, permit, ancient, has, spread, display Amongst all the exhibitions, the book fairs are of (a)-------- origin. They are frequently (b) - ---- in towns and cities now. Last year I (c)-------- Ekuser Boi Mela in Bangla Academy premises. There were a number of stalls and thousands of books were (d)-------- . It was a great opportunity of (e)-------- a varied choice of books. In the fair, books lovers (f) -------there. I was tempted to buy a lot of books but my purse didn't (g) ---- me. As a result, I bought a few books and (h)------- a lot of catalogues. However a book fair (i) --- the message that books are our best friends. Books j) ---- our vision and make our life meaningful. 42. Bb 2007 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. 1X10=10 heat waves disaster another work problems polluted worse form wastes climate cleared noise One of the serious (a)--------- in today's world is pollution. The air of the cities is (b) ----- by fume and smoke from motor vehicles, mills and factories. The water of the seas and lakes is poisoned by industrial (c)----------- , chemicals and other dangerous substances. Forests on very wide areas everywhere in the world are being (d)-------- and burnt. All these have disastrous effect on agriculture, on food supplies and most important of all, on (e) ----- . Climate has been affected so much that there are often strong (f)-------- in many countries :,, Europe and in the U.S.A. Many scientists warn that the effects of pollution will bring a (g)-------- for mankind in future. Noise is another (h) ----- of pollution which many people are not taking seriously. We have (i) ------ coming from all around us. It is also equally harmful because it affects our hearing, our nerves, our ability to j)---------efficiently and our general health. 43. Ctg 2007 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. IX10=10 towards created unbearable tropics dark condition cyclone speed thunders occur flashes originates A cyclone may (a) --- anytime and at any place. The violent types of (b) ---- usually hit the (c) ---- . The cyclone of Bangladesh generally (d) ------ from the Bay of Bengal and blows (e)----- the land. It is often accompanied by (f) ---- and heavy showers. Before a cyclone commences, (g) --------heat is felt for a few days. Then suddenly one day the sky becomes terribly (h)-------- with clouds and strong winds begin to blow with (i)------- of lighting and the rumbling of thunders. Thus a terrible situation is j) ------ 44. Db 2006 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. 1X10=10 Stretch bitting country extent scarcity migrate swampy enhance actually ecological wondering In winter we see innumerable birds come to our (a) ---- . These birds are called "Guest birds". (b) these birds come to our country in winter from Siberia. When the (c) ------cold, in Siberia reaches beyond the limit, the guest birds (d) ----- to our land. They come not only because of bitting (e)---------. but also for want of food. The most (f)--------- fact about these birds is that they fly thousands of miles at a (g)------- . They (h) ------ our natural beauty and help to maintain (i)--------- balance by eating up worms and insects. But nowadays the migratory birds don't come to our country because of the(j)----- of water land and cruelty of hunters. 45. Com 2006 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary: 1X10=10 technology wonder totalling specta cular each I designed surrounded could called modern famous largest The Sangsad Bhaban at Sher-e-Bangla Nagar in Dhaka is a (a)-------- of modern architecture and (b)------ . It is one of the (c)-------- and most (d) ------ parliament buildings in the world. it was (e) ----- by the famous architect Louis I Kahn. This 155 feet high nine storeyed building is (f)-------- by an artificial lake (g)------ , the Crescent Lake. The structure has 1605 doors, 335 windows, 365 ventilators and corridors (h)----- to bewildering length of 41.6 kilometer. The house has 354 seats for MPs, 56 for guests, 40 for journalists and 430 for spectators. It has three party rooms in (i)------ of which can take seat 153 people. The whole place is air-conditioned and includes all j) --------amenities. 46. JB 2006 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. Use the right form of the word if needed. You can use a word more than once. IX10=10 service remove separate society education live human Students should not (a)---------themselves from (b) ------- .They can (c) ------- the society in many ways. Their (d)----- is of great importance to society. During vacation they should go to their native village. They can (e)----- the illiterate villagers. During a flood they can (f)--------- the sufferings of the flood affected people by raising funds. As they live in (g)------- . They are (h)-------- beings. So they are not (i)------ from society. They can play an important role by j) ------ the illiteracy from the country. 47. Raj 2006 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary : IX10=10 educate waste least need made illiterate passed remove education necessary literate compulsory We must not (a)------our energy and money any more. We (b)-------- to take steps to (c) ------- our people. Emphasis should be given on primary (d)------- . There should be at (e)-------- one primary school in each and every village. We are happy that our govt.has (f)--------- primary education (g) ----- . A law has been (h)----- in the assembly. To (i) ------- illiteracy from the country, some more steps may be taken. The j) ------- adults need to be educated. 48. CTG 2006 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary : 10 about lives neglected evil proper real right been very remember bright regret Our freedom fighters are the (a)------- heroes of our country. We should (b)------- them as they sacrificed their (c) -----for the cause of our motherland. It is a matter. of great (d)------- that most of them are (e)------ and our young generation does not know (f)------- their valiant struggle. Yet today many of the real freedom fighters have not (g) found out and established. Some of them lead (h)------ poor life. The authority in power should take (i) ------ step to enlist them and give them j) ----- honour. 49. Syl 2006 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary : 10 sediment habitat I forest land repair floods effect insecurity damageprotection causes deforestation cut The most common causes of (a) ------ are cutting and burning the (b)------ Though the forest lands are (c) and burnt for the sake of agriculture and (d) -----, ithas a negative (e) ------on environment. The removal of trees (f)------ the birds and other animals living on them to leave the place. It also causes serious (g)------- to the soil, as trees give (h)------- to soil as well. In the end, the soil gets (i)------ in the river bed and causes frequent j) ----- . 50. BB 2006 Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box. There are more words than necessary. IX10=10 also eager overloaded sitting puller reached happened whom exactly opposite chatting as (a) ----- I was sitting at the front seat of the bus, I saw (b)----- what (c) ------. A rickshaw van (d)------ with goods was coming from the (e)------- direction, the poor (f) ------ was an old man. (g)------ , there was another person (h) ----- at the back of the van with (i) -----the puller was (j) ----- . With clues 4.0 Answers 1. DB 2011 (a)cut; (b) turn; (c) habitat; (d) live; (e) destroyed; (f) rain; (g) crisis; (h) rise; (i) effect; (j)unsuitable. 2. RB 2011 (a) beautiful; (b) agricultural; (c) depend; (d) livelihood; (e) products; (f) supplies; (g)consumption; (h) decline; (i) causes/brings; j) brings/causes. 3. Din B 2011 a) thirst; (b) satisfied; (c) known; (d) see; (e) curiosity; (fl bold; (g) inspired; (h) dangerous; i) technology; j) inconceivable. 4. JB 2011 a) essential; (b) physically; (c) struggles, (d) fitness; (e) helps; (f) enables; (g) excellent: h) free; (i) fills; (j)take. 5. Com B 2011 a) dignity; (b) work; (c) blue; (d) ready; (e) inferior; (0 same; (g) above; (h) sacrifice; i) long; (j)through. 6. Ctg B 2011 a) necessity; (b) dependent; (c) improved; (d) demand; (e) production; (f) risen; g) around; (h) sustained; (i) circumstances; j) shift 7. SB 2011 (a) developing; (b) getting; (c) communicate; (d) seems; (e) mutual; (f) make; (g) treat/take; (h) ensure; (i) distress; j) take/treat. 8. BB 2011 (a) full; (b) made; (c) objects; (d) water; (e) clothes; (f) forces; (g) currents; (h) on; (i) important; (j)clean. 9. DB 2010 (a) help (b) anything (c) charity (d) ability (e) inactive (f) indolent (g_) devoid (h) claim (i) aversion) others 10. Com 2010 (a) illiteracy (b) efforts (c) increase (d) thought (e) illiterate (f) help (g) social (h) assist (i) realise (j) removing 11. Raj 2010 (a) provides (b) develop (c) improve (d) mentally (e) useful (t) self-reliant (g) virtue (h) sympathetic (i) knowledge (j) educated 12. JB 2010 (a) real (b) remember (c) lives (d) regret (e) neglected (0 about (g) been (h) very (i) proper U) proper 13. BB 2010 (a) age (b) sphere (c) constant (d) possible (e) civilization (f) travel (g) ancient (h) difficult (i) time 0) greater 14. SB 2010 (a) noble (b) inherent (c) inspires (d) defend (e) fake (f) fraud (g) cherished (h) materialized (i) so-called (j) pretender 15. Ctg 2010 (a) depend (b) industries (c) plays (d) supplies (e) decline (f) know (g) depression (h) unnaturally (i) damages j) overcome . 16. Din 2010 (a) beautiful (b) agriculture (c) depend (d) livelihood (e) products (f) supplies (g) consumption (h) decline (i) causes 0) brings 17. DB 2009 (a) resources (b) generously (c) land (d) fertile (e) hand (f) prepare (g) rocky (h)natural (i) use 0) purpose 18. com B2009 (a) irrigate (b) little (c) easy (d) close (e) river (0 causes (g) prevent (h) great (i) behind j) recent 19. Raj 2009 (a) progress (b) loses (c) competition (d) result (e) win (f) enjoyment (g) real (h) both (i) matched 0) cntinuous 20. Jb 2009 (a) waste (b) need (c) educate (d) education (e) least (0 made (g) compulsory (h) passed (i) remove 0) illiterate 21. SB 2009 (a) exhibitions (b) frequently (c) visited (d) presmises (e) displayed (f) making (g) crowded (h) tempted (i) purse 0) collected 22. BB 2009 (a) prosper (b) dispels (c) light (d) difference / disparity (e) basic /fundamental (f) deprive (g) population (h) darkness (i) development 0) education/ enlightenment 23. Ctg B2009 (a) removes (b) light (c) discrimination (d) basic (e) deprive (f) remain (g) darkness h) development (i) participation 0) educate 24. Din B 2009 (a) age (b) spheres (c) constant (d) possible (e) civilization (f) travel (g) ancient (h) difficult (i) time j) greater 25. DB 2008 (a) daily (b) lives (c) invention (d) safely (e) lie (i) narrow (g) increasing (h) controlled (i) violate 0) menace 26. Com B 2008 (a) rational (b) sacrifice (c) blue (d) -ready (e) inferior (f) same (g) above (h) sacrifice (i) long 0) through 27. Raj B 2008 (a) glorious (b) studies (c) result (d) institution (e) students (0 famous (g) hard (h) expected (i) successful 0) try 28. Jb 2008 (a) prosper (b) removes (c) light (d) discrimination (e) basic. (fl deprive (g) remain (h) darkness (i) participation (j) educate 29. SB 2008 (a) illiteracy (b) efforts (c) increase (d) thought (e) illiterate (f) help (g) assist (h) exist (I) removing 0) aware 30. BB 2008 (a) call (b) lost (c) ever (d) best/good (e) properly (0 tomorrow (g) who (h) suffer (i) take 0) time 31. Ctg b 2008 (a) dignity (b) work (c) blue (d) ready (e) inferior (f) same (g) high (h) sacrifice (i) long (j) through 32. Db 2007 (a) importance (b) mutual (c) necessity (d) helps (e) nations (1) era (g) without (h) has become (i) almost 0) knowledge 33. Com 2007 (a) again (b) different erelit (c) running (d) stood (e) along (I) now (g) instead (h) thinking (i) up (j) following 34. Raj 2007 (a) prosper (b) removes (c) light (d) discrimination (e) basic (1) deprive (g) remain (h) darkness (i) participation (j) educate 35. JB 2007 (a) wise (b) interested (c) conscious (d) know (e) balance (0 control (g) result (h) polluted (i) necessity 0) purpose 36. SB 2007 (a) recent (b) held (c) visited (d) displayed (01 collecting (f) crowded (g) permit (h) collected (i) spreads 0) enlarge 37. BB 2007 (a) problems (b) polluted (c) wastes (d) cleared (e) climate (f) heat waves (g) disaster (h) form (I) noise j) work 38. CTG 2007 (a) occur (b) cyclone (c) tropics (d) originates (e) towards (I) thunder (g) unbearable, (h) dark (i) flashes U) created 39. DB 2006 (a) country (b) actually (c) bitting (d) migrate (e) cold (f) wondering (g) stretch (h) Aenhance (i) ecological 0) scarcity 40. CB 2006 (a) wonder (b) technology (c) largest (d) spectacular (e) designed (f) surrounded (g) called (h) totalling (i) each 0) modern 41. Raj 2006 (a) separte (b) society (c) serve (d) service (e) educate (f) remove (g) society (h) human (i) separate 0) removing 42. JB 2006 (a) waste (b) need (c) literate (d) education (e) least (f) made (g) compulsory (h) passed (i) remove 0) illiterate 43. SB 2006 (a) bright (b) remember (c) lives (d) regret (e) neglected (f) about (g) been (h) very (i) proper 0) real 44. BB 2006 (a) deforestation (b) forest land (c) cut (d) habitat (e) effect (1) causes (g) damage (h) protection (i) sediment 0) floods 45. CTg 2006 (a) as (b) exactly (c) happened (d) overloaded (e) opposite (1) puller (g) also (h) sitting (i) whom 0) chatting Gap Filling with Clues W orksheet-5.0 Dinajpur Board-2014 happen furious die live execuition know wit declare unpleasant wretch spoil possible Once upon a time, there was a king who was very fond of (a) __________ his future from the astrologers. A famous astrologer (b) __________ to stop at his capital on his way to bombay. The king called on him to know about his future and the astrologer told his something (c) _______. At this the king got (d) _______ and condemned him to (e) ________ saying. “ Men like you live?” With ready (h) __________ the astrologer said, “The stars (i) ________ that I shall die only a week before your majesty. So, good bye.” Hearing this, the king turned pale like a dead man and shouted, “Drive this (j) _________ away, let him not come here again.” Dhaka Board-2013 lock join spread violate wound take term injure kill enforce martyr consider Shahed Doctor Shamsuzzhoa is (a) __________ to be the first intellectual who attained (b) ________ during the pre-liberation period of Bangladesh.. Following the (c) ________ of sergent Zohurul Hoque in prison by the autocratic Ayub Khan government, a flame of protest (d) _________ throughout erstwhile East pakistan. On February 17, 1969 section 144 was (e) _________ on Rajshahi city. The student of Rajshahi university who had (f) __________ the protest, took out a procession in (g) _________ of Section 144 and were (h) ___________ in a clash with police in front of the residence of the principal of Rajshahi Medical college. As a result, several students were (i) __________. On hearing this, Doctor Zoha, a professor of chemistry and proctor of the University, rushed to the spot and took the (j) _________ students to hospital. Comilla Board- 2013 manking endanger be save concern mean protection destory species perish spoil change All Species are important for maintaining ecological balance. If one is lost, the whole natural environment gets (a) ______. We should (b) ________ our wildlife to protect the environment from being (c) ______. Many countries are not taking action to protect theirf (d) _______ wildlife. Manking must developy a (e) _______ for wild creatures and must ensure that they will not (f) ___________ (g) _________ wild creatures means destroying ourselves. It is high time we (h) ________ them. Love for animals (i) ________ love for (j) ___________. Rajshahi Board-2013 fundamentally atmosphere deplete fall accumulate eventual endanger give inundate primary grow coal Scientists have recently reported that the poplar ice caps are melting. This is due to a rise in (a) __________ temperatures known as the ‘Greenhouse Effect’ Carbonioxide is (b) _________ responsible for temperature rise in atmosphere. The carbonioxide is (c) ______ off when coal and oil are burnt. This gas is (d) _______ in the air and the ice caps in the north and south poles are melting. This may (e) ________ lead to a rise in the sea levels which could (f) _________ many areas of the globe. The “Greenhouse Effect” is just one of many (g) ________ changes which are taking place in the environment. Tropical rain forests , which took fifty million years (h) _________ are being (i) ______ at the rate of fourteen acres per minute. The total area of the world’s deserts is increasing every year. Many species of animals and plants are (j) __________ with the threat of extinction. Jessore Board – 2013 activate general face freely water remain be troublesome because which log drainage intensify part We (a) _________ fall into jam on the roads and streets. Sometimes, specially in rainy season water (b) _______ stagnant on the road even for 2/3 days, (c) ________ causes a serious traffic jam. Water remains (d) ________ the road from 1 to 1.5 feet. The rain gets (e) _________ with dust, mud etc. Most of the time the (f) ________ system is not active and it becomes (g) __________ for the passerby. The pedestrians (h) ________ a lot of problems as they can’t move (i) ________. The drainage system should be (j) ________ and city authorities should be careful in this respect. Barisal Board- 2013 aware use usual develop mother spontaneous acquisition ability fact acquire learning natural competent communication Communicative competence refers to the (a) ______ to use language appropriately in various circumstances. There are two ways of (b) _________ communicative competence in a language. The first is (c) _______Which is similar to the way people develop ability in their (d) _________ tongue. They are aware only of the (e) _________ that they are (f) _________ the language for (g) ___________ . It is a (h) ________, subconscious process in which users not (i) _________ of acquiring a language. In non-technical terms, acquisition is picking up a language (j) ____________. Sylhet Board- 2013 caprice leisure neglect street scrutiny credit want opinion employment reject friends money Literally and truly, one cannot get on well in the world without (a) _______. To be in (b) _________ of it, is to pass through life with little (c) _________ or pleasure; it is to be despised; it is consulted or else (f) _______ with contempt, it is to be (g) ________ by strangers and neglected by (h) _________, it is to forego (i) _______, freedom, ease of body and mind, to be dependent on the good will and (j) ________ of others. Chittagong Board- 2013 even distance watch information become source run show enjoy vary see numerous Television has (a) ________the most common and widespread (b) _______ of entertainment of the present world. A wide range of programmers of (c) _________ interest is telecast on (d) ________channels. Almost every middle class and (e) _________ working class families have a educative. For example, television is used for (g) ________ learning. Courses (h) _______ by the open university are (i) _______ on BTV. Several channels like the discovery and the National Geographic channels telecast highly (j) ________ programmers. Dinajpur Board- 2013 enter expansion tremendously universities awards contribute much course traditional students rewards subscribe high Higher education in Britain has experienced a dramatic (a) _______ . One in three young people not (b) _________ higher education compared to one in six in 1989. The number of graduates also has increased (c) _______. There are some (d) ________ in Britain which offer (e) __________ in a wide range of subjects including (f) ___________ arts subjects as well covering tuition fees and a maintenance grant. Parents also (i) ________ the amount depending on their income. The overseas students have to pay very (j) _______ tuition fees. Dhaka Board- 2012 even distance watch information become source run show enjoy vary see numerous Television has (a) ________the most common and widespread (b) _______ of entertainment of the present world. A wide range of programmers of (c) _________ interest is telecast on (d) ________channels. Almost every middle class and (e) _________ working class families have a educative. For example, television is used for (g) ________ learning. Courses (h) _______ by the open university are (i) _______ on BTV. Several channels like the discovery and the National Geographic channels telecast highly (j) ________ programmers. Comilla Board- 2012 enable educated choice importance healthy food develop protect need education know ability Education is one of the basic (a) _________ of a human being. It is (b) ________ for the (c) _________of mind. many illiterate people do not have any (d) _________ of health. If they were (e) __________, they could live a (f) __________ and planned life. (g) ________ teaches us how to live well. It (h) _________ us to make the right (i) ______ in life. It enhances our (j) _________ to face our every day problems. Rajshahi Board- 2012 bring need spend give include fail go organize boost close development proper If all the children in Bangladesh (a) _________ to school, the country would get of the curse of illiteracy. To (b) ________ up education, the government, should spend more money. Subsidies must be (c) ________ in the education sector. Teachers are (d) _______ to be trained for good teaching. The poor students can (e) _______ under ‘Food for Education’ program. We should take care that no institution is (f) ________ down due to political clashes. More co-curricular activities are to be (g) ________ to enable students to (h) their non-academic skills-like debate, creative thinking and (i) _______ events etc. It is our social responsibility to educate our children and the (j) _________ of which will lead to catastrophe. Jessore Board- 2012 variety item communication require communicative tradition four foreign purpose international base imply speaks skill English is called an (a) ________ language. In almost all countries, there are people who can (b) _______ English. No other language than English serves the (c) ________ of a common language through which people can (d) _______ with one another across the national border. We should learn English for a great (e) ________ of purpose. English is a skill (f) ________ subject. We should therefore learn the (g) ________ skills of listening, reading and writing. The communicative approach to learning English does not (h) ________ one to know or learn definitions of grammar (i) ________. Traditional grammar has little or no place in learning English through the (j) _______ approach. Sylhet Board- 2012 read use tips see dots print although touch develop bear way call (a) _________ blind people cannot (b) _______, their sense of (c) _______ becomes far more (d) ______ than that of most sighted people. This ability was put to use by a brilliant man (e) _______ Louis Braille. In the early 19th century, he invented a (f) ______ of writing which (g) ______his name. The Braille system reproduces the letters of the alphabet by a series of (h) ______ in certain positions, which are raised on the paper. The blind person runs the (i) ________ of his fingers across the pages of the braille book and can work out the letters and numbers (j) ______________ there. Barisal Board- 2012 Spend commit when unberable nature earn gender world depend suicide married very cost because It is very (a) _______ that man loves his life most of all things and he wants to live or survive a bit longer at any (b) _____. However, every year thousands of people (c) ________ suicide in Bangladesh. It is seen that most of the people commuting suicide are those (d) ______ women who (e) _________ on their husbands for thir living. But why do they commit suicide when people love their lives most? Most probably, they decide to kill them-selves (f) _______ they feel entirely helpless and meaningless to live. The bitterness and sufferings of life become totally (g) ________. However, the incident of suicide among the self- reliant women is (h) _________ rare. So, can’t we say that the unfortunate women would not have committed (i) __________ if they had been self-reliant and had an independent way of (j) ________ their livelihood without being dependent on their husbands? Chittagong Board- 2012 drink eat nutrition satisfy happen lack need heart knowledge preserve mind for While (a) ___________ food we should bear in (b) ________ that we don’t eat just to (c) ___________ hunger or to fill the belly. We eat (d) ________ our health. For good health a man (e) ________ good food. Sometimes it so (f) ________ that people who live even in the midst of plenty do not eat the food they need for good health because they have no (g) ________ health and (h) _________. They do not know how to select a (i) _______ diet from the many foods that are (j) _________ to them. Dinajpur Board- 2012 drink eat available nutrition satisfy happen lack need heart balanced knowledge mind for While (a) ___________ food we should bear in (b) ________ that we don’t eat just to (c) ___________ hunger or to fill the belly. We eat (d) ________ our health. For good health a man (e) ________ good food. Sometimes it so (f) ________ that people who live even in the midst of plenty do not eat the food they need for good health because they have no (g) ________ health and (h) _________. They do not know how to select a (i) _______ diet from the many foods that are (j) _________ to them. Dhaka Board- 2011 spelling language alphabetic find syllable neglect noun life synonyms picture friends antonyms Dictionaries are very important books in the (a) ________ of a people. A dictionary lists the words in a language (b) _______, so that the reader may (c) _________ them easily. A dictionary entry gives us the accepted (d) _______ of a word, its division into (e) ________, its pronunciation, its origins, and its meanings. Sometimes a dictionary also provides (f) ________ or opposites of a word. In addition, if the word is a (g) ______ that describes a visible thing, the dictionary may provide a (h) ______ of it. Dictionaries of the past, present and future can become your teachers and good (i) ______. Don’t (j) _______ them. Comilla Board- 2011 waste community sphere women family returns educate develop children walfare mother sector Education for girls is essential for the development in all (a) ______ of the society. So, investments in the education of (b) _____ will bring in greater (c) _______ in the field of economic and social (d) _______. Educated (f) ______ are more likely to send their (g) ______ to school and look after their health and nutrition. Thus (h) _____ women can contribute to the (i) ______ development. On the other hand, failure to educate women is a tremendous (j) _______ of human resource. Rajshahi Board- 2011 joyous food become remain gift favorite eager want flood invite festive elders Children are very fond of festivals. They become very (a) ______ on a day of festival. If it is their birthday, their joys become over (b) ______. They become very (c) ______ to have wishes from their beloved persons. The whole day they (d) _______ to spend times in joy. Usually a child on its birthday, gets up early and tries to (e) ______ close to their parents. It (f) _____ a nice day, if it is presented anything very (g) ______ to it. Children also want to have their friends (h) _____ to their house on a festival. They expect to have a party. Their joys give plesure to their (i) ______. We should try to keep the children always in a (j) ______ mind. Jessore Board- 2011 Identity pioneer leader man than went combining student remember now know then design concept Hamidur Rahman was the (a) _____ who gave shape to the (b) ______ and design of the shaheed minar, by (c) ______ all the aspiration of bengali (d) ______ and nationalism. He was the first art (e) ______ of Bangladesh who in the 1950s (f) _______ to europe and studied at “Ecole de Beaux Art” in paris. He was the (g) ______ of the new painting movement in the (h) ______ Pakistan. But he is most (i) ________ for his remarkable (j) _________ of the Central Shaheed Minar. Sylhet Board- 2011 wake obtain expression go till be moment integral perceive what by use Language (a) _________ an important medium of expression of though, feelings, ideas etc. We use it from the (b) _________ we wake up in the morning (c) ________ we go to bed at night. We use language not only during our (d) ________ hours but also in our dreams. We use language to (e) ________ what we feel and to say (f) _______ we like or dislike. We also use it to (g) _______ information. In short, language is an (h) ________ part of what we do, (i) ________ and believe. We must avoid (j) ________ bad language. Barisal Board- 2011 appear use at afflict differ city alarm due pollute severe increase from suffer rural Many diseases are rising (a) ________ an (b) _______ rate, which experts believe is (c) ________ to increased (d) ________ of the environment. Pollution (e) ______ to be greater in urban areas although rural societies too are (f) _______ by (g) _______ use of chemical fertilizers and insecticides. Nevertheless, today city people (h) ________ to suffer from many more diseases and suffer more (i) _______ than country people. Now let us see how life in cities is (j) ________ from that in the country. Chittagong Board- 2011 warmer flood change climate catastrophic severely alarm gradual rise evidence destroy unnecessary prediction increase The world is getting (a) _______because of pollution. Every year millions of people all over the world die (b) _______ as a result of pollution. In recent years, there have been many (c) _____ reports that the world’s (d) _________ is undergoing a significant (e) __________. All these reports provide strong (f) _______ that world temperatures are dy by day. Climatologists (h) ________ that mid way through the next century temperature may have (i) _________ as much as 4 dgree centigrae. This could raise sea levels and thereby (j) __________ coastal areas and farmlands. Dinajpur Board- 2011 arrive massive remain spectacular round permanent know present right symbol office construction In 1884 France (a) ________ the United states with gift as a dramatic gesture of friendship. This (b) _______ gift was in the form of a huge copper statue. Its (c) ______ name is “Liberty Enlightening the world”. Most people, however, (d) ________ it simply as the statue of liberty. The pieces of the statue (e) _______ in the united states in 214 cases. The French people donated the money for the (f) _____ of the statue. Grateful, the people of the United states collected the funds for the (g) _______ granite and concrete pedestal. This impressive monument found a (h) ______ home on liberty island in New York harbour. At 151 feet and 1 inch high, it (i) ______ one of the largest statues in the world. The monumental lady with the torch quickly became a (j) _______ of American democracy. Dhaka Board- 2010 employ impact plan rural reduce importance lend international growth emphasize poor raise Micro-credit institutions have a great (a) ________ in Bangladesh. Grameen Bank is one oth them which has (b) _______ recognition. It (c) ________ money to the poor especially the (d) ________ women. It (e) ___________ the need to develop skills and (f) _________ consciousness among them. It creates (g) _________ opportunity for rural women. This institution has a positive (h) _________ on their economic-variables and family (i) __________. It also helps to (j) _____________ their poverty. Comilla Board- 2010 happen furious die spoil live execution knowing wit pleasant declare wretch unpleasant expire cause Once upon a time, there was a king who was very fond of (a) _______ his future from the astrologers. A famous astrologer (b) _______ to stop at his capital on his way to benaras. The king called on him to know about his future and the astrologer told him something (c) _________. At this the king got (d) ________ and condemned him to (e) _________saying, “Men like you should not live to (f) _______ the peace of the world”. But another thought had crossed his mind before the astrologer was removed for (g) ________. “How long will you live?” asked the king. With ready (h) ______ the astrologer said, “ The stars (i) _______ that I shall die only a week before your majesty. So, good bye.” Hearing this, the king turned pale like a dead man and shouted, “Drive this (j) _________ away, let him not come here again.” Rajshahi Board- 2010 resources potential create for achievement likely fail have returns from among success Investment in education (a) ___________ girls increases the economic and social (b) __________ of development investment in all other sectors. Educating girls contributes (c) __________ wealth through its impact on economic development. Educated women have a higher income (d) _______than those who have (e) ________ no schooling. Educated mothers are more (f) _______to send both their boys and girls to school. It is important to realise that (g) _______ in girls education generally results (h) _______ an integrated approach to community development. Thus (i) ______ to educate girls results in a tremendous waste of potential human (j) __________. Jessore Board- 2010 traditional only no strategy development run conquer not widespread in privilege alone In ancient times, education was (a) ________ for the general people but a (b) ________ for the chosen few who took on (c) __________ roles in the (d) _________ of the state and in religion. (e) _________ Greece, education became more (f) _________ in about the 5th century BC. The greeks, however, sent (g) _______ their male children to school. When rome was (h) _______ by the Greeks, the Romans under Greek influence (i) ______ a strong (j) _______ of literacy. Sylhet Board- 2010 enables educated choice importance healthy know develop protect need education food ability Education is one of the basic (a) _________ of a human being. It is (b) _________ for the (c) __________ of mind. Many illiterate people do not have any (d) __________ of health. If they were (e) __________ they could live a (f) _________ and planned life. (g) ____________ teaches us how to live well. It (h) __________ us to make the right (i) ___________ in life. It enhances our (j) ___________ to face our every day problems. Barisal Board- 2010 happen furious die spoil live execution knowing wit pleasant declare wretch unpleasant expire cause Once upon a time, there was a king who was very fond of (a) _______ his future from the astrologers. A famous astrologer (b) _______ to stop at his capital on his way to benaras. The king called on him to know about his future and the astrologer told him something (c) _________. At this the king got (d) ________ and condemned him to (e) _________saying, “Men like you should not live to (f) _______ the peace of the world”. But another thought had crossed his mind before the astrologer was removed for (g) ________. “How long will you live?” asked the king. With ready (h) ______ the astrologer said, “ The stars (i) _______ that I shall die only a week before your majesty. So, good bye.” Hearing this, the king turned pale like a dead man and shouted, “Drive this (j) _________ away, let him not come here again.” Chittagong Board- 2010 solve ensure in vain address work must alays paramount originate uplifiment balance harass call never (a) _____________ illiteracy problem is the (b) __________ task of the hour. We must educate all of our people (c) __________ our balanced development; otherwise all of our development plans must go (d) _________. If we can educate our people, half of our problems will be automatically (e) _______. That’s why, education is (f) ______ the nerve of development. All strength and power to (g) _______ the development of the country (h) ______ from education. So, we (i) ______ give topmost priority on education sector if we really want the (j) ______ of our dear motherland. Dinajpur Board- 2010 add breathe need plant prevent preserve produce protect provide take give wash Trees are very useful to human beings. They (a) ________ the rich top soil from being (b) _________away by rain, water and floods. You can see trees being (c) ______ along mountain slopes, on roadsides, in parks and gardens. Trees give us shade. They (d) _______ life to place with their colourful flowers, beautiful leaves, fruits and thick trunks. They (e) ______ shelters for birds and animals. They give us timber, medicines, paper, gum and many other useful things. They (f) ________ in carbon dioxide and (g) _______ oxygen. As you know, by now man (h) _______oxygen to (i) ______ and live. Trees are ouur best friends. We should (j) _________ them and plant more trees around us. Dhaka Board- 2009 resources potential create for among likely fail have returns achievement success from Investment in education (a) _________ girls increases the economic and social (b) _________ of development investment in all other sectors. Educating girls contributes (c) _________wealth through its impact on economic development. Educated women have a higher income (d) _________ than those who have (e) ______ no schooling. educated mothers are more (f) ______ to send both their boys and girls to school. It is important to realise that (g) ______ in girl’s education generally results (h) ______ an integrated approach to community development. Thus (i) _________ to educate girls results in a tremendous waste of potential human (j) ___________. Comilla Board- 2009 growth wife income cost day to day okay intend astonish share expensive ability pretty rented Hellow, my name is Charles karoro and I am a banker. My salary is (a) ___________ but the (b) __________ expenses in Nairobi are (c) ______ high. Both housing and food are (d) _________ in the capital. I have (e) ________ an apartment but it is really too small for my family. Of course it doesn’t have a garden. So my (f) ______ Maria, who loves gardening, can’t (g) _________ anything. She can’t go out to work either because there’s no one else in the house to look after the children. So the whole family depends on my (h) _______ alone. I have great hopes for my children and would like to send them to a good school. But good schools are very (i) ________. I am not sure how much I will be able to help them. Moreover, I am often in a fix about whether I should (j) ________ my income with my brother in the village. Rajshahi Board- 2010 happen furious die spoil live execution knowing wit pleasant declare wretch unpleasant expire cause Once upon a time, there was a king who was very fond of (a) _______ his future from the astrologers. A famous astrologer (b) _______ to stop at his capital on his way to benaras. The king called on him to know about his future and the astrologer told him something (c) _________. At this the king got (d) ________ and condemned him to (e) _________saying, “Men like you should not live to (f) _______ the peace of the world”. But another thought had crossed his mind before the astrologer was removed for (g) ________. “How long will you live?” asked the king. With ready (h) ______ the astrologer said, “ The stars (i) _______ that I shall die only a week before your majesty. So, good bye.” Hearing this, the king turned pale like a dead man and shouted, “Drive this (j) _________ away, let him not come here again.” Jessore Board- 2009 survive surroundings look escape method leaf protect from different move colour fly Animals must be able to (a) __________ themselves from enemies in order to (b) _______. Different animals have (c) _______ ways. Some animals have protective colouring that is their (d) _______changes to match their (e) ______. The common tree toad changes (f) _______ gray to green when it (g) ______ from the trunk of a tree to a green (h) ______. Similarly the dead-leaf butterfly (i) _______ being seen by its enemies because it (j) _______ like a dry leaf. Barisal Board- 2009 with improve not mean maintain upon stop take easily than keep depend raise avoid Overeating (a) ______ taking too much food (b) ______ one needs. We eat (c) ______ to overload out stomach but to (d) ______ a sound health. A sound health (e) _____ on eating habit to some extent. Overeating tells (f) _______ our health. By (g) _______ awareness of the people the habit of overeating can be (h) _______. With a view to (j) ________ our body fit, we should (j) ______ taking too much food. Sylhet Board - 2009 joyful eager remain want gift flood invite amity elder favourite festive delightful shy Children are very fond of festivals. They become very (a) _______ on a day of festival. If it is there birthday, their joys become over (b) ________. They become very (c) _____ to have wishes from their beloved persons. Whole day they (d) _______ to spend times in joys. Usuallly a child on her birthday gets up early and tries to (e) _______ close to her presents. It becomes a (f) ________ day, if she is presented anything very (g) _______ to her. Children also want to have their friends (h) ________ to their house on a festival. They expect to have a party. Their joys give pleasure to their (i) ______. We should try to keep the children always in a (j) ________ mind. Chittagong Board- 2009 carry provide get essential adopt define needs yardstick shelter enhance protect aware perform Education is one of the basic (a) _______ of a human being and is (b) ______ for every kind of development. It (c) ________ us to make right choices in life. It (d) ______ our ability to raise crops, store food, (e) _____ the environment and (f) _______ out our social responsibilities. It (g) ________ us with an enlightened (h) _______ about things, But education has to be (i) ______. It is not merely (j) ______ degrees from schools, colleges and universities. It is something more lasting, more humane. Dinajpur Board- 2009 attitude amply predetermined ordered ordained sorrows out look belief undergo hold fate poor There are many people in our country who have a conservative (a) _____. Quite early in life they learn to (b) ______ that everything in this world was (c) _____. They think all that happens to there was (d) ______ by god. From this belief the poor generally accept their (e) ______. They also (g) _______ a firm belief that those who (h) ______ sufferings in this world will be (i) _______ rewarded in the next world. They also have the same sort of (j) _________ towards illness and disease. Dhaka Board- 2009 friendly beautiful show pace getting on library charming easy probably impression simply residence difference It seems hard to believe that I’ve been in Savar for a whole month now! I promised to write and tell you how I was (a) _____. So here goes. When I first got here I just couldn’t get used to the (b) ______ of life. Now, though, I am learning to take things (c) _______ I am beginning to feel at home. You can’t imagine how (d) _______ the university campus is. Its very large very green and (e) _________ the best campus in the country. It’s _______ (f) _________ wonderful. My first (g) _______ of the students and teachers here is that they are really (h) ______ and helpful. And the (i) ______ is wonderful. As you know, I am staying in a hall of (j) ______ but life here is so different particularly if you are used to home comfort. Comilla Board- 2009 device trained about perform essential great abacus fairly large special recent sense refers called The computer is a fairly (a) ________ invention. It has now become an (b) ______ part of modern life. It has greatly benefited us and brought (c) _______ revolutionary changes in our life. Any (d) ______ that helps people perform mathematical calculation may be (e) ________ a computer (g) ________ to special kind of electronic machine that can perform mathematical calculations and process (h) _______ masses of information at a (i) ______________ speed. In a few minutes a computer can perform calculation that (j) ________ mathematicians would need years to complete. Gap Filling With Clues Worksheet-5.1 1. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box recent trained fairly essential abacus computer device process about modern perform machine sense specially The computer is a (a) - recent invention. It has now become an important part of (b) - life. It has greatly benefited us and brought (c) - revolutionary changes in our life. Any (d) - that helps people (e) - mathematical calculation may be called a computer. In this sense the (f) - is a simple computer. Today, however, the term (g)- refers to special kind of electronic (h) - that can perform mathematical calculations and (i) - large masses of information at a great speed. In a few minutes a computer can perform calculation that (j)-mathematicians would need years to complete. 2. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Growth Wife Income cost Ability rented Day to day Okey Intend Astonish Expensive Share pretty Hello, my name is Charles Kararo and I am a banker. My salary is (a)--- but the (b)—expenses in Nairobi are (c)—high. Both housing and food are (d)---- in the capital. I have an apartment but it is really too small for my family. Of course it doesn’t have a garden. So my (f)—Maria, who loves gardening, can't go out to work either because there's no one else in the house to look after the children. So the whole family depends on my (h)- alone. I have great hopes for my children and would like to send them to a good school. But good schools are very (i)--- I am not sure how much I will be able to help them. Moreover. I am often in a fix about whether I should (j)-- my income with my brothers in the village. 3. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Happen Furious Die Spoil Live Excution Unpleasant Knowing Wit Pleasant Declare Wretch Cause expire Once upon a time, there was a king who was very fond of (a) his future from the astrologers. A famous astrologer (b)----to stop at his capital on his way to Benaras. The king called on him to know about the future and the astrologer told him something (c) . At this the king got (d)---- and condemned him to (e)----saying, "Men like you should not live to (f)---- the peace of the world". But another thought had crossed his mind before the astrologer was removed for (g)--- "How long will you live?" asked the king. With ready (h)---the astrologer said. "The stars (i)---- that I shall die only a week before your majesty. So, good bye." Hearing this, the king turned pale like a dead man and shouted, "Drive this (j)----away, let him not come here again." 4. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box recent trained fairly essential abacus computer device process about modern perform machine sense specialy process The computer is a (a) - recent invention. It has now become an important part of (b) - life. It has greatly benefited us and brought (c) - revolutionary changes in our life. Any (d) - that helps people (e) - mathematical calculation may be called a computer. In this sense the (f) - is a simple computer. Today, however, the term (g)- refers to special kind of electronic (h) - that can perform mathematical calculations and (i) - large masses of information at a great speed. In a few minutes a computer can perform calculation that (j)-mathematicians would need years to complete. 5. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Warming Cut Rise Anticipation Habitats Particularly Provide Increase Exticntion Recklessly Severe Imperative Catastrophe alarming The destruction of forests and other (a)---.is causing the (b)—of varous plants and animals. In the last 25 years alone the world has lost one third of its natural wealth. Forests are being (c)—down. Moreover, they are being burnt (d)—resulting in an (e)--- in carbon dioxide and ultimately the water level is (f)—as a consequence of global (g)--. It is (h)—that the new century will face an overwhelming environments (i)--. It is therefore (j)—check the reckless pollution of the environment. 6. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Carr Provide Get Essential Atribute Hence Define Needs Enables Yardstick Adipt Shelter Enhance Protect Aware perform Education is one of the basic (a) -of ubuman 6,6ttg and is (b) - for every kind of development. It (c) -us to make right choices in life. It (d) - our ability to raise crops, store food, (e) -- the environment and (f) - out our social responsibilities. It (g) - us with an enlightened (h) -- about things. But education has to be (i) It is not merely 0) - degrees from schools, colleges and universities. It is something more lasting, more humane. 7. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box safe cover know develop precaution time recur safe belief possible loss direct compulsory be reduce belief Bangladesh (a) -- in the active earthquake zone. It is (b) - to all Bangladeshis. Experts are alarmed by the (c) - of quakes during recent years. But they give no (d) - answer to the question of (e) - about the buildings of Dhaka city. As there is every (t)=-of earthquakes in Bangladesh, experts call for taking adequate (g) - measures to (h) - losses. RAJUK (i) - that an earthquake resistant building code should be (j)-. 8. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box establlishe transmitted simultancously storee base time made personal clecronic communication easily im prove sent actually E -mail means (a) --mail. It is an electronic (b) - of communication. E-mail (c) - is user to user but telex communication is terminal to terminal. Telephone connection often takes a lot of time to be (d) -- because both the caller and the called must be present (e)- `Bwt e-mail is a computer (f) -- system and thernessages that are (g)- via the computer become (h) -- in the mail box of an individuals (i) - computer without the need of his being (j)--- present. Thus, e-mail saves both time and money. 9. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box With Improve Not Mean Maintain Upon Stop Take Easily Than Keep Depend Raise avoid Overeating (a) - taking too much food (b) - one needs. We eat (c) to overload our stomach but to (d) - a sound itmith- A sound health (e) - on eating habit, to some extent. Overeating tells (f) - our health. By (g) - awareness of the people the habit of overeating can be (h) -. With a view to (i) - our body fit, we should taking too much food. 10. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Carr Provide Get Essential Atribute Hence Define Needs Enables Yardstick Adipt Shelter Enhance Protect Aware perform Education is one of the basic (a) ---(b)--- for every kindof development. It (c)—right choices in life. It (d)---our ability to raise crops, store food, (e)—the environment and (f)—out “our social responsibilities. It (g)—us with an enlightened (h)—about things. But education has to be (i)--. It is not merely (j)—degrees from schools, colleges and universities. It is something more lasting, more humane 11. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Add Breathe need Plant Prevent Preserve Grow Produce Protect Provide Take Give Wash gather Trees are very useful to humans. They (a)--- the rich top of soil from being –(b) away by rain water and floods. You can see trees being (c) -- along mountain slopes on road sides, in parks and gardens. Trees give us shade. They (d) - life to place with their colourful flowers, beautiful leaves, fruits and thick trunks. They (e) - shelters for birds and animals. They give us timber, medicines, paper, gum and many other useful things. They (f)- - in carbon dioxide and (g)---oxygen.. As you know, by now man (h) - oxygen to (i) -and live, Trees are our best friends. We should (j)- -them and plant more trees around us. 12. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Happen Furious Die Spoil Live Excution Unpleasant Knowing Wit Pleasant Declare Wretch Cause expire Once upon a time, there was a king who was very fond of (a) his future from the astrologers. A famous astrologer (b)----to stop at his capital on his way to Benaras. The king called on him to know about the future and the astrologer told him something (c) . At this the king got (d)---- and condemned him to (e)----saying, "Men like you should not live to (f)---- the peace of the world". But another thought had crossed his mind before the astrologer was removed for (g)--- "How long will you live?" asked the king. With ready (h)---the astrologer said. "The stars (i)---- that I shall die only a week before your majesty. So, good bye." Hearing this, the king turned pale like a dead man and shouted, "Drive this (j)----away, let him not come here again." 13. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Eager Joyous Become Remain Festive Favourite Food Want Flood Invite Gift elders Children are very fond o 'festivals. They become very (a) - on a day of festival. If it is their birthday, their joys be over (b) -. They become very (c) - to have wishes form their beloved persons. The whole day they (d) - to times in joy. Usually a child on its birthday, gets up early and tries to (e) - close to their parents. It (f) - a nice da is presented anything very (g) - to it. Children also want to have their friends (h) - to their house on a festival . expect to have a party. Their joys give pleasure to their (i) -.- We should try to keep the children always in a (j)---mind. 14. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Drink Eat Available Nutrition Satisfy Happen Lack Need Heart Balanced Knowledge Preserve Mind for While (a)—food we should bear in (b)—that we don’t eat just to (c)—hunger or to fill the belly. We eat to (d)—our health. For good health a man (e)—good food. Sometimes it so (f)—that people who live even in the midst of plenty do not eat the food they need for good health because they have no (g)—of science and health and (h)--. They do not know how to select a (i)—diet from the many foods that are (j)—to them. 15. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box flood rise climate warmer alarm unnecessarily prediction change evidence destroy catastrophically gradual severely increase The world is getting (a) - because of pollution. Every year millions of people all over the world die (b) - as a result Qf pollution. In the recent years there have been (c) - reports that the world's (d) - is undergoing a significant (e) -. All these reports provide strong (f) - that world temperatures are (g) - day by day. Climatologists (h) - that mid way through the next century temperatures may have (i) - as much as 4°C. This could raise sea levels and thereby (j) -coastal areas and farm lands. 16. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Find Prevail Both Available Neat Caterers Appeal Take Submit Looking Be Collection Look book A library serves as the source of knowledge (a)—for the students and the teachers. It is a large (b)—of book. Among these, there are books on courses that are taught in different classes. There (c)—books on extracurricular subjects also. In the library, newspapers and priodicals are also (d)--. The library (e)—to the tastes of different people. Books are arranged in shelves (f) -. There are library assistants who are also helpful for the readers. One head librarian (g) - after the library. So the readers do not have any problem in (h) - out the right book. There is also a reading room where silence (i) -. One can also take books from the library for reading at home by (j) - library cards to the librarian 17. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box joyful eager remain want gift food invite amity elder favourite festive delightful shy Children are very fond of festivals. They become very (a)---on a day of festival. If it is their birthday, their joys become over (b)---- They become very (c)----to have wishes from their beloved persons. Whole day they (d)----to spend times in joys. Usually a child on her birthday gets up early and tries to (e)---close to her presents. It becomes a (fl day, if she is presented anything very (g) to her. Children also want to have their friends (h)----to their house on a festival. They expect to have a party. Their joys give pleasure to their (i)----We should try to keep the children always in a (j) mind. 18. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Go Have Find Lose Die Are Way consider Prefer Enjoy Be Dead Preference Take Bound get We find changes in amusement and entertainment that (a)—taken place over time. Common forms of entertainment like snake charming, puppet shows, jarigan (b)—popular in the past past are gradually (c)—their appeal. They are (d)—out. We don’t (e)—the existence of many of these. Now people like to (f)—T.V. they (g)—concert, disco, pop etc. All the changes that have (h)—place today are not (i)—good. Sometimes people are (j)—to receive some bad aspects of Western culture. 19. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Educate Recreation Religion Original Question Broadcast Sent Aim Facilities Concern Look Consider Though taken Tcievlsion, a source of much knowledge, pleasure, and information and a widely used media of mass communication, is now being (a) - at from a different point of view. Is the TV really doing good, especially to the youngsters of our w+ generation? It is an important (b) - both to ask and to answer indeed. Looked from an (c) - point of view, the TV is to be (d) - one of the most effective means of educating both the students and the public as a whole. Again, it has almost become the most effective and popular means of people's (e) -. Films, dramas, songs, dances, comedy scrim-all these are very attractive packages of programmes. As a means of communications TV is, (f) - not the most atqpcr*artt. yet the most effective and useful means of communication. Up to this point, we must say that the TV is doing good to our youngsters by educating them and by giving them recreational (g) -. But as far as the satellite TV is (h)--- we cannot say this for certainly. The commercial package programmes (i) - by satellite TVs are detrimental to our young generation, pernicious to our societies, threatening to our values and traditions and (j)—beliefs. 20. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box mentally educated genius help development useful assist sympathetic wise improve provides self-reliant called equip Proper education (a) - a learner with opportunities to (b) - all his latent talents. Its aim is to (c) - him physically and (d) - so that he can be (e) - to himself and to the society. An educated man is (f) -- but he also (g) - -others in attaining self-reliance. He is supposed to be wellmannered, kind and (h)- -. So a man who has acquired knowledge and skill only for his material development cannot be (i) - a truly (j)---man. 21. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Husband Consider Dominated Happy Protect Education Issue Beat Law Healthy Save subsevient Women un our society have always been considered (a)—to men. The majority of houses are being (b)—usually by (c)--and women most often have no say in opinion. Their opinion is (d)--unnecessary even in such important (e) -- as the number of children they would like to have. In many households they arc (f) -by the husbands. To (g) -- their rights the Govt has introduced law. But (h) --sometimes can't (i)---them. So, what is more needed for them is the proper (j)-- - . 22. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Add Breathe need Plant Prevent Preserve Grow Produce Protect Provide Take Give Wash gather Trees are very useful to humans. They (a)--- the rich top of soil from being –(b) away by rain water and floods. You can see trees being (c) -- along mountain slopes on road sides, in parks and gardens. Trees give us shade. They (d) - life to place with their colourful flowers, beautiful leaves, fruits and thick trunks. They (e) - shelters for birds and animals. They give us timber, medicines, paper, gum and many other useful things. They (f)- - in carbon dioxide and (g)---oxygen.. As you know, by now man (h) - oxygen to (i) -and live, Trees are our best friends. We should (j)- -them and plant more trees around us. 23. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box With Improve Not Mean Maintain Upon Stop Take Easily Than Keep Depend Raise avoid Overeating (a) - taking too much food (b) - one needs. We eat (c) to overload our stomach but to (d) - a sound itmith- A sound health (e) - on eating habit, to some extent. Overeating tells (f) - our health. By (g) - awareness of the people the habit of overeating can be (h) -. With a view to (i) - our body fit, we should taking too much food. 24. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Happen Furious Die Spoil Live Excution Unpleasant Knowing Wit Pleasant Declare Wretch Cause expire Once upon a time, there was a king who was very fond of (a) his future from the astrologers. A famous astrologer (b)----to stop at his capital on his way to Benaras. The king called on him to know about the future and the astrologer told him something (c) . At this the king got (d)---- and condemned him to (e)----saying, "Men like you should not live to (f)---- the peace of the world". But another thought had crossed his mind before the astrologer was removed for (g)--- "How long will you live?" asked the king. With ready (h)---the astrologer said. "The stars (i)---- that I shall die only a week before your majesty. So, good bye." Hearing this, the king turned pale like a dead man and shouted, "Drive this (j)--- -away, let him not come here again." 25. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Attitude Amply Predetermined Ordered Ordained Sorrows Out look Belief Undergo Hold Fate poor There are many people in our country who have a conservative (a0--. Quite early inlife they learn to (b)—that everything in this world was (c)--. They think all that happens to them was (d)—by God. From this belief the poor generaly accept their (e)--. They also accept all their (f)—and sufferings without trying much to overcome them. They also(g)—a firm belief that those who (h)— sufferings in this world will be (i)—rewarded in the world. have the same sort of (j)—tpwards illness and diseases. 26. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Add Breathe need Plant Prevent Preserve Grow Produce Protect Provide Take Give Wash gather Trees are very useful to humans. They (a)--- the rich top of soil from being –(b) away by rain water and floods. You can see trees being (c) -- along mountain slopes on road sides, in parks and gardens. Trees give us shade. They (d) - life to place with their colourful flowers, beautiful leaves, fruits and thick trunks. They (e) - shelters for birds and animals. They give us timber, medicines, paper, gum and many other useful things. They (f)- - in carbon dioxide and (g)---oxygen.. As you know, by now man (h) - oxygen to (i) -and live, Trees are our best friends. We should (j)- -them and plant more trees around us. 27. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Aware Using Communication Spanteneously Able Develop Acquisitive Mother Naturally Usual Competence language Trees are very useful to humans. They (a)--- the rich top of soil from being –(b) away by rain water and floods. You can see trees being (c) -- along mountain slopes on road sides, in parks and gardens. Trees give us shade. They (d) - life to place with their colourful flowers, beautiful leaves, fruits and thick trunks. They (e) - shelters for birds and animals. They give us timber, medicines,paper, gum and many other useful things. They (f)- - in carbon dioxide and (g)---oxygen.. As you know, by now man (h) - oxygen to (i) -and live, Trees are our best friends. We should (j)--them and plant more trees around us. 28. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Bought Reading Wanted Failry How Experience Effective Start Important Laughed Experiment several Two friends, Raghib and Adeeb, (a)—to learn how to ride a bicycle. Adeeb (b)—a book called “How to Ride a bicycle” and started (c)—it. On the other hand, Raghib took out his bicycle on the street and (d)--- trying to ride it. He fell off several times and Adeeb (e)—at him. However, by the time Adeeb finished the first chapter of his book, Raghib was riding his bicycle (f)—well. Adeeb knew (g)—the bicycle worked but did not know how to use it from first hand (h)--. Learning a language is like riding a bicycle. The most (i)—thing about any language is communication. You learn to communicate (j)—by using a language, by doing things with it and by experiencing it. 29. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Conduct Become Spare Pursuit Travel Major Leisure Work Spend Physically Make love For the Germens, leaisure has become a major (a)--. Formerly, Germans used to (b)—ten hours a day and six days a week and had very little time for (c)--. But in modern times working hours in Germany have (d)—shorter stretching over five days only. People have therefore more time to (e)— now than in the past. They are so interested in (f)—their free time effectively that there is even a German Leisure Association that (g)—research on leisure activities. The Germans love to (h)—and almost half of all adults in Germany have (i)—a trip outside the country just for pleasure and relaxation. There are also many sports centres where young people go for (j)—excersise. 30. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Originated Grow Bcomes Careful Appearance Miniature Fond Containers Normal High Contribute remain Bonsai is the art of (a)—trees and other plants in small (b)—in such a way that it (c)—the miniature of a real tree. A Bonsai tree may be 10 years old but have a (d)—of one foot only. The art of Bonsai (e)—perhaps more than 1000 years ago in China. Early Japanese aristocrats also showed a (f)—for Bonsai and (g)—greatly to its development. Bonsai is different from (h)—pot planting as it is considered an art form. A Bonsai tree is (i)— shaped to remain small but still has the (j)—of a large tree. 31. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Flow Take Largely Help Cut Bottom Spread Allow Container Cover Beauty tie Bonsai plant does not need (a)—pots but small containers and not much of soil. A Bonsai (b)—has holes in the bottom which are (c0—with small nets so that the soil does not (d)--- out with the water the plant is then (e)—out of its original pot and one-third of its root is (f0—our. It is then ties to the (g)—of the pot with the (h)—to wires. Soil is then (i)—over it to cover the container but about an inch of the root is (j)—to stay above the soil to enhance beauty. 32. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Argue Crowd Empty Kept Plan Seat Moved Make Quarrel Push Get rudely Farid got on the bus to go to college. The bus was (a)—as usual. The bus conductor pushed him aside and (b)---rude remarks for standing in the way. Farid (c)—quie, there was a seat beside him in which he (d)—to sit down as soon as it got (e)—but the moment it was vacant another passanger (f)—him rudely and grabbed the (g)--. Farid was extremely annoyed but smply (h)—way from the seat. “What’s the point of (i)—now?”- he thought. The seat is lost and there’s no point in (j)—about it now. 33. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Laugh Urgue Sit Try Think Go Dance Bring Scene Give Notice Sing Sohel was going on a picnic with his friends. Many of his friends started (a)—and singing in the bus he kept (b)—in his seat smiling and enjoining the (c)--. He just wouldn’t move even when they (d)—him to join them, “I can’t sing so well. You will (e)—if I sing” he said. “we can’t sing either, but it’s fun. Why don’t you just (f)—it a try? Besides, nobody will (g)—if you sing in a group.” They (h)—to convince him. But Sohel just couldn’t (i)— himself to sing. He was too worried about what people would (j)--. 34. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Shout Debating Think Scream Organize Interest Happy Join Find Write Want Fahima’s college wanted to introduce a (a)—club. So, they gave her the responsibility of (b)—the club and finding out people who were (c)—in debating. Fahima (d)—agreed. She went around to every class when the teacher was not there and (e)—“We are having a debating club. Who wants to (f)--? Give me your names now or (g)—over it then let me know in two days. You will (h)—me in the common room.” One of her friends said, “Why don’t you just (i)—it down as a notice and put it up on the notice board? You won’t have to scream like this then.” “Oh I don’t mind (j)--. 35. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Drive Feeling Possess Go Consider Pierce Normally Beats Draw Control In Panambanam in Indonesia, worshipers (a)—themselves to be (b)—by god in this state, they are able to (c)—needle through their cheeks and tongues without (d)—any pain. In the island of Bali, Indonedia, dancers meditate and make themselves (e)—into trance-like state. They can then (f) their bodies with daggers without (g)—out any blood. Fakirs who practise ‘Yoga’ learn to (h)—their beathing to such an extent that their heart (i)—at only two beats a minuet whereas a (j)--- human heart beats 70-80 times per minuete. 36. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Environmental Interrelated Refer Part Live Hang biosphere Related Ecology Elements Link Make us The environment (a)—to the air, water and land in which people, animals and plants (b0--. So human beings, animals, air, water and soil are the main (c)—of the environment. The natural forces such as storms, cyclones and earthquakes are also (d)-- of this environment. Climate is thus a condition of the (e)--. All things that make up the environment are (f)— The way in which people, animals and plants are (g)—to each other and to their surroundings is known as (h)--. The ecosystem is a complex web that (i)—animals, plants and every form in the biosphere. All these things (j0—together. 37. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Products Stand Use Wash Responsible Environment mix Mix Dump Throw Water, another vital elements of the (a)—is also polluted in different ways. Man (b)— water by throwing waste into it. Farmers (c)—chemical fertilizers and insecticides in their fields. When rain and floods (d)—away some of these chemicals, they get (e)—with water in rivers, canals and ponds. Mills and factories also (f)—their poisonous chemicals and waste (g0—into rivers and canals and thus pollute the water. Water vehicles also pollute rivers by (h)—oil, food waste and human waste into them. Insanitary latrines and unsafe drains (i)—on river and canals banks are also (j)—for further pollution. Thus, water is contaminated by various kinds of waste and filth. 38. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Wildlife Develop Wild Change Spoil Save Protect Maintain Lost Take balance We know that all species are important for (a)—ecological balance. If one is (b)—the whole natural environemnt (c)-. In order to protect the environment from being (d)--. We should therefore (e)—our wildlife. The good news is that many countries are now (f)— action to protect their endangered (g)--. George Haycock, author of several books on wildlife, writes: “Mankind must (h)—a concern for (i)- creatures and a determination that these wild species will not perish.” We should save the earth’s wild creatures to (j)—ourselves. To be kind to animals is to be kind to mankind. 39. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Recurrence Straight Adequate Lies Safe Event Unknown Follow Called Resident Give alarmed How (a)—wil the buildings in the city of Dhaka be in the (b)—of an earthquake? Experts give no (c)—to this question, but call for taking (d)—precautions to minimize loses. That Bangladesh (e)—in the active earthquake zones is not (f)—to Bangladeshis. Alarmed by the (g0—of quakes during recent years, experts have (h)—for the development of an earthquake (i)—building code that all building should (j)--- as mandatory. 40. Fill in the gaps with suitable words from the box Keep Next House Close Closed Study Get Come Kept Sit Concentrate Compel Riaz is fed up with his (a)--- door neighbours. His bed is very (b)—to theirs. Every time, he (c)—down to study in the evening, there (d)—the “Blaring sound of the television from the (e)—next door. It seems that the TV is (f)—on the whole evening. It becomes very difficult for him to (g)—on his studies. In winter, he can bear it by (h)—his window closed but in summer it (i) too hot and stuffy if the window is kept (j) .

This is placeholder text. To change this content, double-click on the element and click Change Content. CHATTOGRAM BOARD ― 2017 ENGLISH (COMPULSORY) FIRST PAPER Read the passage and answer the questions A and B. The term ‘diaspora' is used to refer to people who have left their home lands and settled in other parts of the world, either because they were forced to do so or because they wanted to leave on their own. The word is increasingly used for such people as a collective group and/or a community. The world has seen many diasporas but scholars have been studying the phenomenon with great interest only In recent decades. Among the great diasporas of history is that of the Jewish people, who were forced to leave their lands in ancient times. The movement of Aryans from Central Europe to the Indian nub- continent thousands of years ago is also a noteworthy diaspora, although the causes of this diaspora are unclear. In twentieth century history, the Palestinian diaspora has attracted a lot of attention and been a cause of concern for world leaders because of the plight of Palestinians. There have been massive diasporas in Africa, too, over the centuries, either because of war or because of the ravages of nature. But the chief reason why the phenomenon of diaspora is attracting so much attention now is globalization. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives. 1 x 5 = 5 (a) The word 'decade' refers to –––– (i) thirty years (ii) fifty years (iii) ten years (iv) five years (b) What does diaspora mean? (i) People who live in their own country. (ii) People who go abroad. (iii) People who work in other countries. (iv) People who leave their own countries and settle In other, parts of the world. (c) The synonym of 'noteworthy is —-—. (i) insignificant (ii) noticeable (iii) invaluable (iv) appropriate (d) The Aryans came to the Indian sub-continent from-------. (i) America (ii) Africa (iii) Central Europe (iv) Europe (e) In Africa, there have been----. (i) massive diasporas (ii) a little diasporas (iii) no diasporas (iv) very little diasporas Answer: 1. A. Multiple choice (a) → (iii) ten years; (b)→ (iv) People who leave their own countries and settle in other parts of the world; (c)→ (ii) noticeable; (d)→ (iii) Central Europe; (e)→ (i) massive diasporas. B. Answer the following questions. (a) Why do people leave their own countries? (b) Do you think that there have been massive diasporas In Africa? (c) Why is diaspora attracting so much attention? (d) How do the twentieth century Palestinian diasporas draw the attention of the world leaders? (e) Why have the scholars been studying about the diasporas with great interest? Answer: B. Open-ended (i) people leave their own countries and settle in other parts of the world because they are often forced to leave their homeland or they prefer to do so of their own accord. (ii) Yes, I think that there have been massive diasporas in Africa over the centuries due to war or ravages of nature. (iii) The questions of diaspora now is attracting so much attention mainly because of the advantages of globalization. (iv) The Palestinian diasporas in the twentieth century have been able to draw a lot of attention of the world leaders because of the untold sufferings of the Palestinians. (v) The issue of diasporas is an old one. Scholars have been studying about the diasporas with great interest to identify the reasons of the increasing diasporas and to put forward their recommendations with a view to putting an end to this ever-increasing problem. DINAJPUR BOARD ― 2017 ENGLISH (COMPULSORY) FIRST PAPER 1. Read the following text and answer the questions A and B. Adolescents constitute a nation's core resource for national renewal and growth. Adolescence is a period in life when transition from childhood to adulthood takes place and behaviours and lifestyles are shaped. According to the World Health Organization (WHO), adolescence is the period which shapes the future of million adolescents in Bangladesh; 13.7 million of them are girls and 14.3 millions boys. The situation of adolescent girls in Bangladesh is characterised by inequality and subordination within the family and society. This inequality leads to widespread practice of child marriage, marginalisation or exclusion from health, education and economic opportunities, and vulnerability to violence and sexual abuse. In Bangladesh, the legal age of marriage is 18 for girls and 21 for boys. However, 33 percent of adolescent girls are married before the age of 15 and 60 percent become mothers by the age of 19. Research finds that adolescents with higher level of education and from more affluent families tend to marry at a later age. Boys, however, become ready for marriage only after several years of adolescence and young adulthood. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives. 1x5=5 (a) What could be the closest meaning for the word "constitute" in the first sentence? (i) take (ii) form (iii) add (iv) make (b) The phrase "take place" in the second sentence stands for — (i) occur (ii) recur (Hi) go to a place (iv) all of them (c) Adolescence is a-----period from childhood to adulthood. (i) transition (ii) transitory (iii) transitional (iv) transient (d) The synonym of 'affluent' is----. (i) destitute (ii) poor (iii) poverty (iv) well off (e) The word "economic" can be replaced by-------. (i) economy (ii) economical (iii) monetary (iv) finance Answer: 1. A. Multiple choice (a) ––– (ii) form: (b) ––– (i) occur (c) ––– (iii) transitional (d) ––– (iv) well oft (e)––– (iii) monetary. B. Answer the following questions. 2X5=10 (a) How will you define adolescence? (b) Why is adolescence important? (c) What do the adolescent girls in Bangladesh usually face? (d) What are the effects of female inequality in Bangladesh? (e) How do wealth and education Influence a girl's marriage? Answer B. Open-ended (a) Adolescence is a period in life when transition from childhood to adulthood takes place and behaviours and lifestyles are shaped. (b) Adolescence is important because this period shapes the future of girls' or boys' future lives. (c) The adolescent girls in Bangladesh usually face inequality and subordination within the family and society. (d) The effects of female inequality in Bangladesh are widespread practice of child marriage, marginalization or exclusion from health, education and economic opportunities and vulnerability to violence and sexual abuse, etc. (e) A girl with higher level of education and from a more affluent family tends to marry at a later age. Thus wealth and education influence a girl's marriage. RAJSHAHI BOARD ― 2017 ENGLISH (COMPULSORY) FIRST PAPER Part-I: Reading (60 Marks) 1. Read the passage and answer the questions A and B. Kuakata, locally known as Sagar Kannya (Daughter of the Sea) is a rare scenic spot located on the southernmost tip of Bangladesh. It is 70 km from Patuakhali district headquarters and 320 km from Dhaka. An excellent combination of the picturesque natural beauty, sandy beaches, blue sky and the shimmering expanse of water of the bay of Bengal and the evergreen forest makes Kuakata a much sought after tourist destination. The name Kuakata takes its origin from the story of a ‘Kua’ ― or well- dug on the seashore by the early Rakhaine settlers for collecting drinking water. The Rakhaines had landed on Kuakata coast after being expelled from Arakan by the Mughals. Kuakata is a unique spot which allow a visitors to watch both the sunrise and the sunset from the beach. That perhaps makes Kuakata one of the world’s most attractive beaches. Kuakata is truly a virgin beach and a sanctuary for migratory winter birds. Fishing boats plying on the Bay of Bengal with colourful sails, surfing waves and the lines of coconut trees add to the vibrant colours of Kuakata. The indigenous culture of the Rakhaine community and hundred years old Buddhist temples indicate the age-old tradition and cultural heritage of this area. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives. (a) Scenic spot refers to ――. (i) a place havin multiple scenes (ii) a place having a calm atmosphere (ii) a place of unparalleled natural beauty (iv) a place having untidy spots (b) The word ‘shimmering’ in the text could be best replaced by ――. (i) shivering (ii) shining (iii) significant (iv) glaring (c) The Rakhine originally came from ――. (i) Ratuakhali district (ii) Latachapali union (iii) Kuakata coast (iv) Arakan district (d) The best synonym of ‘vibrant’ is ――. (i) thrilling (ii) colourful (iii) gorgeous (iv) brilliant (e) Kuakata is truly a virgin beach and sanctuary for migratory winter birds ―― what does it imply? (i) Kuakata is a beach in its original pure condition and a rare abode for guest birds. (ii) Kuakata is a place of rare beauty and world’s longest beach. (ii) Kuakata is untouched by human habitation. (iv) Kuakata is a natural habitat. Answer: 1. A a― (iii) a place of unparalleled natural beauty; b― (ii) shining c― (iv) Arakan district d― (iv) brilliant e― (i) Kuakata is a beach in its original pure condition and a rare abode for guest birds B. Answer the following questions. 2 × 5 = 10 (a) What does the expression ‘a much south after tourist destination’ mean? (b) Where does the name Kuakata come from? (c) What makes Kuakata an attractive tourist spot? (d) Why would one visit Kuakata? (e) ‘Kuakata’ upholds an ancient tradition, how? Answer: B. Open-ended (a) The expression ‘a much south after tourist destination’ means a very attractive tourist spot which the tourists of home and abroad greatly desire to visit. (b) The name ‘Kuakata’ comes from the story of ‘Kua’ or well- dug on the seashore by the early Rakhine settlers for collecting drinking water. (c) Kuakata has a genuine scenic beauty that attracts tourists. An excellent combination of the picuresque natural beauty, sandy beaches, blue sky and the shimmering expanse of water of the Bay-of Bengal and the evergreen forest makes Kuakata a much south after tourist destination. (d) One would visit Kuakata, one of the most beautiful beaches of the world, to enjoy its scenic natural beauty, sandy and foamy beaches, blue sky, evergreen forest, shimmering and the surfing waves, migratory birds, the unending line of coconut trees, etc. (e) Kuakata rightly upholds an ancient tradition and cultural heritage of this area being in possession of the native culture of the Rakhine community and hundred-year old Buddhist temples. Dhaka Board – 2017 English First Paper [N. B. ––The figures in the right margin indicate full marks. Answer all the questions.] Part I 1. Read the passage and answer the questions A and B :–– One of the sources of water in our country are the rivers. Rivers are everywhere in our life, literature, economy, and culture. But are the rivers in good shape? Unfortunately, they are not. A fer are already dead and several are going through the pangs of death. The river Buriganga is an example of a dying river. A report published in the Daily Sun describes what has happened to the river Buriganga and why. Its water is polluted and a perpetual strench fills the air around it. But that is not what it was like before. The report says that the river has a glorious past. Once it was a tributary of the mighty Ganges and flowed into the Bay of Bengal through the river Dhaleswari. Gradually, it lost its link with the Ganges and got the name Buriganga. The Mughals marveled at the tide level of the Buriganga and founded their capital Jahangirnagar on its banks in 1610. The river supplied drinking water and supported trade and commerce. Jahangirnagar was renamed Dhaka which grew into a heavily populated city with a chronic shortage of space. The city paid back the bounty of the river by sucking life out of it! According to newspaper report, the Buriganga is dying because of pollution. Huge quantities of toxic chemicals and wastes from mills and factories, hospitals and clinics and households and other establishments are dumped into the river everyday. The city of Dhaka discharges about 4500 tons of solid waste everyday and most of it is directly released into the Buriganga. According to the department of the Environment (DoE) 20,000 tons of tannery waste, including some highly toxic materials are released into the river everyday. Experts identified nine industrial areas in and around the capital city as the primary sources of river pollution: Tongi, Tejgaon, Hazaribagh, Tarabo, Narayanganj, Savar, Gazipur, Dhaka Export Processing Zone and Ghorashal. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives:– 1x5=5 (a) The word ‘tributary’ refers to ––––– (i) fountain (ii) territory (iii) stream (iv) kingdom (b) The Buriganga water fills the air with –––––– (i) aroma (ii) fragrance (iii) stink (iv) scent (c) ––––––– founded their capital on the bank of the Buriganga. (i) The British (ii) The Mughals (iii) The Indians (iv) The Bangladeshi (d) Which of the following statement is false? (i) Buriganga is a river (ii) Our rivers are not in good shape (iii) Jahangirnagar was once called Dhaka (iv) Water is being contaminated (e) The best synonym of ‘toxic’ is–––––––– (i) Poisonous (ii) Hygienic (iii) Healthy (iv) Useful B. Answer the following questions :–– 2x5=10 (a) What do you think is the condition of the rivers of our country? (b) What is the commercial value of the river Buriganga? (c) Why is the Buriganga described as an example of a dying river? Give reasons for your answer. (d) How is the Buriganga polluted? (e) What did the Mughals marvel at? What was the outcome of it?

Vocabulary for IELTS Core Differences between Formal and Informal Writing Informal writing is quite common in speaking whereas formal writing is common in writing. Formal writing is objective whereas informal writing is subjective Formal writing is for impersonal use whereas informal writing is personal use. Informal writing encourages the use of slangs while formal writing does not encourage at all. The voice of formal writing is passive while that of informal writing is active The personal pronoun of formal writing is the third person whereas informal writing is the first and second person. The language used in formal writing is formulaic whereas in informal writing is direct. The tone used in formal writing is official and professional whereas in informal writing is personal and friendly. Informal writing encourages used of interjections while formal writing does not encourage interjections. The sentences used in formal writing are long and complex whereas in informal writing are short and simple. Formal writing is often more common in writing whereas; informal writing is more common in speaking than the writing. Formal writing is objective on the other hand; informal writing is subjective. Formal writing is for impersonal use. Conversely, informal writing is for personal use only. Formal writing uses vocabulary which is specific to the discipline, on the flip side, informal writing uses unspecific vocabulary about the subject. Formal writing avoids slang language, colloquialisms (common language in spoken English), but the informal writing is full of these two characteristics. Informal: May use colloquial words/expressions (kids, guy, awesome, a lot, etc.). Formal vs. Informal Words/Phrases Informal -----------------------Formal A bit ----------------A little A lot of ----------------Numerous Afraid ----------------Fearful Again & again ----------------Repeatedly Also ----------------In addition, additionally Anyway ----------------Nevertheless Ask ----------------Enquire Ask for ----------------Request Ask out ----------------Invite At first ----------------Initially At once ----------------Immediately Avoid ----------------Evade Away ----------------Absent Bad ----------------Negative Beat up ----------------Assault Better ----------------Improved Big/Large ----------------Enormous Block ----------------Undermine Blow up ----------------Explode Book ----------------Reserve Boss ----------------Employer Brave ----------------Courageous Break down ----------------Fail/Collapse Break off ----------------Suspend/adjourn Break out ----------------Erupt Bright/smart ----------------Intelligent Bring in ----------------Introduce Build ----------------Construct But ----------------However Buy ----------------Purchase By ----------------By means of Call off ----------------Cancel Call on ----------------Visit Can ----------------Is capable of Catch up ----------------Understand Chance ----------------Opportunity Cheap ----------------Inexpensive Check ----------------Verify Childish ----------------Immature Childish ----------------Infantile Choose ----------------Select Clear ----------------Transparent Climb ----------------Ascend Clothes ----------------Garment Come after ----------------Follow Come in ----------------Enter Come up to ----------------Reach/attain Complex ----------------Convoluted Dad ----------------Father Danger ----------------Peril Dare ----------------Challenge Deal with ----------------Handle Deal with ----------------Manage Death ----------------Demise Describe ----------------Depict Dim ----------------Indistinct Dirty/ polluted ----------------Contaminated Drop out of ----------------Withdraw (from) Eager ----------------Avid Ease ----------------Facilitate Empty ----------------Vacant End ----------------Terminate End ----------------Terminate/ Finish Enjoyment ----------------Gratification Enough ----------------Sufficient Expect ----------------Anticipate Explain ----------------Disclose Fall out ----------------Quarrel Fight ----------------Combat Find out ----------------Learn/Discover Fork out ----------------Pay (money) Free ----------------Liberate Free ----------------Release Friendly ----------------Amiable Funny ----------------Humorous, amusing Get ----------------Obtain Get ----------------Receive Get away ----------------Elude Get by ----------------Survive Get out ----------------Escape Give ----------------Donate Give ----------------Provide Give out ----------------Distribute Give up ----------------Quit Go ----------------Depart Go after ----------------Pursue Go against ----------------Oppose Go ahead ----------------Proceed Go away ----------------Leave/ depart Go before ----------------Precede Go down ----------------Decrease Go on ----------------Continue Go out of ----------------Exit Go through ----------------Examine Go up ----------------Increase Good ----------------Positive Good for ----------------Beneficial Good looking ----------------Attractive Happy ----------------Pleased Help ----------------Aid/ Assist Help ----------------Assist Informal -----------------------Formal Informal -----------------------Formal Here ----------------Present Hit out at ----------------Criticise Hopeless ----------------Futile Hungry ----------------Famished Hurry ----------------Haste, hasten Hurt ----------------Damage, harm Idea ----------------Notion Imagine ----------------Envisage In charge of ----------------Responsible In the end ----------------Finally Iron out ----------------Solve/overcome (a problem/difficulty) Job ----------------Occupation Keep ----------------Preserve Kidding ----------------Jesting Kids ----------------Children Lack ----------------Deficiency Laid back ----------------Relaxed Lead to ----------------Cause Leave out ----------------Omit Let ----------------Allow Let ----------------Permit Link up ----------------Connect Live ----------------Reside Lively ----------------Energetic Look at ----------------Regard Look for ----------------Seek Look into ----------------Investigate Look like ----------------Resemble Look up to ----------------Respect Lucky ----------------Fortunate Mad ----------------Insane Mainly ----------------Principally Make out ----------------Discern Make up ----------------Fabricate Make up ----------------Invent Marvelous ----------------Exceptional Maybe ----------------Perhaps Mend ----------------Repair Naked ----------------Nude Need ----------------Request Need ----------------Require Next/later ----------------Subsequently Okay, ok ----------------Acceptable Old ----------------Elderly Older ----------------Senior Over ----------------At an end Pay back ----------------Repay Pick up ----------------Collect Pin down ----------------Determine Point out ----------------Indicate Put in ----------------Insert Put off ----------------Postpone Put up with ----------------Tolerate Put/ set down ----------------Deposit Rack up ----------------Accumulate Really big ----------------Considerable Refer to ----------------Consult Remove ----------------Eliminate Rich ----------------Wealthy Right ----------------Correct Round ----------------Circular Say ----------------Express Say no ----------------Reject Say sorry ----------------Apologise See ----------------Observe See ----------------Perceive Seem ----------------Appear Set out ----------------Display Settle for ----------------Choose Show ----------------Demonstrate Sick ----------------Ill Sight ----------------Vision Small ----------------Diminutive So ----------------Therefore Speed up ----------------Accelerate Start/ Begin ----------------Commence Stop ----------------Cease Stubborn ----------------Obstinate Sweat ----------------Perspiration Take out ----------------Remove Talk about ----------------Discuss/consider Talk into ----------------Persuade Tell ----------------Inform Test ----------------Experiment Thanks ----------------Gratitude Think about ----------------Consider Think of ----------------Conceive Throw away ----------------Discard Throw out ----------------Eject Tired ----------------Exhausted/ Fatigued Tough ----------------Difficult Try ----------------Endeavour Try out ----------------Test Use ----------------Utilize Use/Eat ----------------Consume Wait for ----------------Await Want/ hope ----------------Desire Whole ----------------Entire/Complete Wood ----------------Timber Worse ----------------Inferior Wrong ----------------Incorrect Young ----------------Youthful

listening for IELTS, Listeting practice for ielts, IELTS listening mock tests, tactics for IELTS Listening, Listening tests for IELTS Test format – IELTS Listening (30 minutes) You will listen to four recordings of native English speakers and then write your answers to a series of questions. Recording 1 – a conversation between two people set in an everyday social context. Recording 2 – a monologue set in an everyday social context, e.g. a speech about local facilities. Recording 3 – a conversation between up to four people set in an educational or training context, e.g. a university tutor and a student discussing an assignment. Recording 4 – a monologue on an academic subject, e.g. a university lecture. Assessors will be looking for evidence of your ability to understand the main ideas and detailed factual information, the opinions and attitudes of speakers, the purpose of an utterance and evidence of your ability to follow the development of ideas. IELTS Listening description Paper format: There are four parts with ten questions each. The questions are designed so that the answers appear in the order they are heard in the audio. The first two parts deal with situations set in everyday social contexts. In Part 1, there is a conversation between two speakers (for example, a conversation about travel arrangements), and in Part 2, there is a monologue in (for example, a speech about local facilities). The final two parts deal with situations set in educational and training contexts. In Part 3, there is a conversation between two main speakers (for example, two university students in discussion, perhaps guided by a tutor), and in Part 4, there is a monologue on an academic subject. The recordings are heard only once. They include a range of accents, including British, Australian, New Zealand, American and Canadian. Timing: Approximately 30 minutes (plus 10 minutes transfer time). No. of questions: 40 Task types: A variety of question types are used, chosen from the following: multiple choice, matching, plan/map/diagram labelling, form/note/table/flow-chart/summary completion, sentence completion. Answering: Test takers write their answers on the question paper as they listen and at the end of the test are given 10 minutes to transfer their answers to an answer sheet. Care should be taken when writing answers on the answer sheet as poor spelling and grammar are penalised. Marks: Each question is worth 1 mark. IELTS Listening in detail A detailed look at the paper with links to related resources. Task type 1 – Multiple choice Task type and format: In multiple choice tasks, there is a question followed by three possible answers, or the beginning of a sentence followed by three possible ways to complete the sentence. Test takers are required to choose the one correct answer - A, B or C. Sometimes, test takers are given a longer list of possible answers and told that they have to choose more than one. In this case, they should read the question carefully to check how many answers are required. Task focus: Multiple choice questions are used to test a wide range of skills. The test taker may be required to have a detailed understanding of specific points or an overall understanding of the main points of the listening text. No. of questions: Variable Task type 2 – Matching Task type and format: Test takers are required to match a numbered list of items from the listening text to a set of options on the question paper. The set of options may be criteria of some kind. Task focus: Matching assesses the skill of listening for detail and whether a test taker can understand information given in a conversation on an everyday topic, such as the different types of hotel or guest house accommodation. It also assesses the ability to follow a conversation between two people. It may also be used to assess test takers’ ability to recognise relationships and connections between facts in the listening text. No. of questions: Variable Task type 3 – Plan, map, diagram labelling Task type and format: Test takers are required to complete labels on a plan (eg of a building), map (eg of part of a town) or diagram (e.g. of a piece of equipment). The answers are usually selected from a list on the question paper. Task focus: This type of task assesses the ability to understand, for example, a description of a place, and to relate this to a visual representation. This may include being able to follow language expressing spatial relationships and directions (e.g. straight on/through the far door). No. of questions: Variable Task type 4 – Form, note, table, flow-chart, summary completion Task type and format: Test takers are required to fill in the gaps in an outline of part or of all of the listening text. The outline will focus on the main ideas/facts in the text. It may be: 1. a form: often used to record factual details such as names 2. a set of notes: used to summarise any type of information using the layout to show how different items relate to one another 3. a table: used as a way of summarising information which relates to clear categories – e.g. place/time/price, 4. a flow-chart: used to summarise a process which has clear stages, with the direction of the process shown by arrows. Test takers may have to select their answers from a list on the question paper or identify the missing words from the recording, keeping to the word limit stated in the instructions. Test takers do not have to change the words from the recording in any way. Test takers should read the instructions very carefully as the number of words or numbers they should use to fill the gaps will vary. A word limit is given, for example, ‘NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER’. Test takers are penalised for writing more than the stated number of words, and test takers should check this word limit carefully for each task. Contracted words will not be tested. Hyphenated words count as single words. Task focus: This focuses on the main points which a listener would naturally record in this type of situation. No. of questions: Variable Task type 5 – Sentence completion Task type and format: Test takers are required to read a set of sentences summarising key information from all the listening text or from one part of it. They then fill a gap in each sentence using information from the listening text. A word limit is given, for example, ‘NO MORE THAN ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER’. Test takers are penalised for writing more than the stated number of words. (Test takers should check this word limit carefully for each task: the limit is either ONE, TWO or THREE words). Contracted words will not be tested. Hyphenated words count as single words. Task focus: Sentence completion focuses on the ability to identify the key information in a listening text. Test takers have to understand functional relationships such as cause and effect. No. of questions: Variable Task type 6 – Short-answer questions Task type and format: Test takers are required to read a question and then write a short answer using information from the listening text. A word limit is given, for example, ‘NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER’. Test takers are penalised for writing more than the stated number of words. (Test takers should check this word limit carefully for each task.) Contracted words will not be tested. Hyphenated words count as single words. Sometimes test takers are given a question which asks them to list two or three points. Task focus: Sentence completion focuses on the ability to listen for concrete facts, such as places, prices or times, within the listening text. No. of questions: Variable IELTS Listening – how it's marked The Listening test is marked by certificated markers, who are regularly monitored to ensure their reliability. All answer sheets, after being marked, are further analysed by Cambridge Assessment English. Band score conversion A Band Score conversion table is produced for each version of the Listening test which translates scores out of 40 into the IELTS 9-band scale. Scores are reported in whole bands and half bands. One mark is awarded for each correct answer in the 40-item test. Care should be taken when writing answers on the answer sheet as poor spelling and grammar are penalised. 00:00 / 01:04 audio Below are some resources you can use to train and maintain your listening skills daily. YouTube - https://www.youtube.com BBC Learning English - http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish TED - https://www.ted.com/ BBC radio - https://www.bbc.co.uk/worldserviceradio ABC news in Australia - https://radio.abc.net.au/stations/news/live?play=true Listening Test Audios Youtube Link https://www.youtube.com/@ieltslisteningaudio/videos Read More Updated Contents IELTS IELTS Academic Writing Task-1 IELTS General Training Writing Task-1 IELTS Grammar IELTS Idea Builders IELTS Reading IELTS Speaking IELTS Speaking Part -3 IELTS Speaking Part-1 IELTS Speaking Part-2 IELTS Vocabulary IELTS Writing IELTS Writing Task-2 Essay Writing IELTS Listening

Private Universities in Bangladesh ​ 1. Brac University Bangladesh www.bracuniversity.ac.bd   2. East West University Bangladesh www.ewubd.edu   3. Independent University bangladesh www.iub.edu.bd   4. North South University Bangladesh www.northsouth.edu   5. American International University Bangladesh www.aiub.edu   6. University of Asia Pacific Bangladesh www.uap-bd.edu   7. Ahsanullah University of Science and Technology www.aust.edu   8. Eastern University Bangladesh www.eastenruni.edu.bd   9. University of Liberal Arts www.ulab.edu.bd   10. State University of Bangladesh www.sub.edu.bd   11. United International University www.uiu.ac.bd   12. Daffodil University www.daffodilvarsity.edu.bd   13. World University of Bangladesh www.wub.edu.bd   14. Dhaka International university www.diu-edu.net   15. European University of bangladesh www.eub.edu.bd   16. Asha University Bangladesh www.asaub.edu.bd       17. Stamford University Bangladesh www.stamforduniversity.edu.bd   18. Central Women’s University   www.cwu.edu.bd ​

This is placeholder text. To change this content, double-click on the element and click Change Content. Special use of Words/Phrases Worksheet on Phrases/Words with special use-5.1 Complete the sentences with suitable phrase/ words given in the box:- 1. what’s it like was born would rather had better as though let alone what if have to as soon as there a) Sheikh Hasina is the Prime Minister of Bangladesh. She ––– in Gopalganj in 1947. She is the eldest of five children of Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujibur Rahman. b) ––– I finished reading over the problem, the answer leapt to my mind. Actually I was absent minded. c) You are too fat. You ––– eat two rusks and an apple every lunch. d) New Zealand is a very cold country. I ––– live in a warm country. e) Once ––– lived a farmer. He had a faithful dog. The farmer loved the dog very much. f) The girl looks very ugly. She looks ––– she didn’t sleep last night. g) I have never met any actor, ––– Shahrukh Khan. But I am his great fan. h) Please don’t worry. I am thinking what to do. You don’t ––– clean the car. i) You look very pale. ––– you consult with a lawyer? j) ––– playing in the middle of the street? You seem to be very anxious playing with risk. 2. What about No longer No sooner had but for What’s it like What if Would you mind Would rather In order to Let alone a) There have been significant changes in the types of entertainment over time. Many of these ––– exist. b) It is raining heavily. ––– the bus doesn’t come? c) I have already taken my breakfast. ––– your breakfast? d) You are hungry now. ––– taking a sandwich? e) Mr. Islam would like to go abroad. ––– he arrived at the airport than the airliner landed. f) ––– your help, I would have been in real trouble. I am very grateful to you. g) ––– living in a forest? Some people in Africa live in the forest. h) His father ––– resign his job than continue it with dishonour. He is very determined to do so. i) The boy is very poor. He cannot earn his bread ––– education. j) Accessibility to higher education in our country is very difficult. Students must work hard ––– get themselves admitted into universities. 3. there used to would you mind however there what if what does...look like had better as soon as needn’t a) The exam was difficult. –––, I answered all of the questions correctly. b) A: ––– the teacher comes late? B: We’ll keep silent in the class. c) We ––– have booked a table. The restaurant is empty! d) It was a total disaster in the locality. ––– was a six-month supply of food and water-but not a soul to consume it. e) It ––– be difficult to buy fresh pasta in the UK. Now you can get it everywhere even in Bangladesh. f) We ––– go home. It’s getting dark. g) He’ll be back tomorrow. I’ll give him the message ––– I see him. h) Long ago ––– lived a hare in a forest. He was always proud of his speed. A tortoise also lived nearby. i) A: ––– my garden –––? B: It looks like a piece of heaven on earth. j) A: How can I help you? B: ––– taking the boxes into the room? 4. was born wish what’s...like need not would you mind there as fast as would rather had better a) Once upon a time ––– lived a young man named Androcles. He was caught by a slave merchant who sold him to a rich man of another country. b) He is my friend for the last five years. But I did never ask him where he –––. c) I ––– resign my job than tolerate injustice. I have moral courage to raise voice against injustice. d) He can see well. He ––– ase any spectacle. e) I ––– could attend your birthday party. But I am sorry I will not be able to attend because of my examination. f) She came to our house but left immediately. It seemed she went out ––– lightning. g) It is very hot inside the room. I ––– go to the open space. h) A: ––– the tour –––? B: It’s great if you don’t mind the travel hazard. i) Flight lieutenant Birsrestha Matiur Rahman was a pilot in the Pakistan in the Pakistan Air Force when the liberation war broke out. He ––– on 29 November 1941 at his paternal house. j) A: ––– lending your ears to me? B: Oh, sure. What do you want to say? 5. there had better as if what does...look like let alone what if was born would rather have to it a) Robert Herrick was a poet and a clergyman. He ––– in London. b) He deals with me ––– I were his friend. But I do not know him. c) ––– was in China that the art of Bonsai originated perhaps more than 1000 years ago. d) It’s free. You don’t ––– pay for it. e) I ––– take coffee in lieu of tea. But I like both of them. f) I cannot ride a bicycle ––– a motor cycle. I have no money to buy any of them. g) Your mother is ill. So I think you ––– go home early. h) It’s going to become a little bit dangerous there, ––– we had it somewhere else? i) The Taj Mahal is the tomb of Mamtaj Mahal. But I have no idea about. ––– it –––. j) ––– will be somebody waiting for you at the bus stand. Hurry up. 6. There what’s it like Had better have to Would rather what if What does...look like It Let alone Was born a) ––– is a sunny day and seems that rain will not fall soon. You can go to college now. b) ––– his new pen –––? I have a nice pen. c) I cannot have a single farthing, ––– a dollar. How can I buy a new Honda? d) Many of our people do not like to speak in English. I ––– speak in English. e) ––– is no fish in the pond as the flood has inundated it recently. You will not get any fish here. f) ––– we hear any good news from him today? I hope that he will be very glad. g) We ––– do it for the sake of the country, particularly for the poor. The poor live from hand to mouth. h) You ––– sell the village home considering the future of your children. You should educate your children properly. i) The inventor of printing, Johan Gutenberg ––– in 1400 in the city of Mainz, Germany. His contribution is praiseworthy. j) ––– living in a crowded city? You seem to be unhappy living in a crowded city. 7. There was born would rather as well as used to as if had better let alone had to lest a) His income is very poor. He cannot buy an ordinary watch, ––– a costly one. b) He saw a bear coming towards him. So he climbed up a tree ––– the bear might attack him. c) Our young generation are following western culture ––– they were born in foreign countries. d) The bridge grew old. They ––– repair it. e) It is a popular restaurant. We ––– reserve a table. f) Don’t worry. It will take some time to get ––– a new place. g) It is autumn. They ––– make a journey by boat than a journey by train. h) ––– was a time when people used to travel by walking or riding on animals. But at present a revolutionary change has taken place in the transport system. i) Humayun Ahmed was a teacher, author, dramatist, playwright and filmmaker. He ––– on 13 November 1948. j) I studied psychology, medicine ––– working in a hospital to gain experience. 8. as if what’s it like as soon as would rather what if have to there it let alone had better a) A cultural function is going to be held in our college. ––– putting up the drama ‘Rakta Karabi’ by Rabindranath Tagore? b) She cannot speak properly in the class, ––– addressing before a large audience. She is naturally shy and introvert. c) You are depending on his money. ––– he fails to give you the money in proper time? He is not reliable. d) I am surprised to hear his speeches. He speaks ––– he knew the ins and outs of the incident. e) I went there to meet him. ––– I saw him, I rushed to him. f) You ––– strart for college early. The sky is getting cloudy and it might rain soon. g) I ––– seek his help. A great deal of work is still pending. h) ––– is not wise for us to wait here for her. What if she does not come at all? i) To be successful in life we ––– be disciplined. Because without leading a disciplined life, none can be great. j) Once ––– lived a farmer in a village. He lived a totally carefree life. He never thought of his future. 9. was born have to as long as what’s it like would rather it is high time let alone it what does...look like as if a) Corruption is a great sin. I ––– die than become corrupt. b) ––– living in bohemian style? c) Aristotle, a great philosopher, ––– in 384 BC. d) Mahin knows a little about internet browsing but he speaks ––– he knew everything. e) We are losing our valuable working hours as a result of traffic jam. ––– we solved this problem. f) I met him one month ago. I can hardly recall his name, ––– his address. g) ––– our house –––? h) You ––– be careful when you are crossing the road. The road is really busy. i) None can live without hope. Infact, ––– there is life there is hope. j) ––– seems that he is very sick. He can’t even talk to us. 10. as soon as what’s it like What does...look like would rather as if there was born had better let alone have to a) Health is wealth. So we all ––– follow the rules of health. b) ––– was a king named Lear. He had three daughters. c) I cannot even remember his name, ––– his address. d) ––– eating an unboiled egg? This must be injurious to health. e) I ––– apply for the job. Unemployed life seems very boring to me now. f) He needed our help. We ––– help him than walk home. g) We spent much time. We should now conclude ––– possible. h) He ––– with a silver spoon. But now he leads a very miserable life. i) Kashem comes of a poor family. But his activities are such ––– he were born into a rich family. j) Teacher: ––– your sister –––,Jenny? 11. far and wide so that enough to Crocodile tears all the best make sense rule out keep body & soul together as though as soon as a) This is a wrong proposal. People will ––– the proposal. b) He made abrupt comments which hardly –––. This is his nature. c) After a long time we are meeting. I wish you –––. d) He caused pains to me. Now he sheds ––– for me. e) The poor earn very little to –––. They cannot hope for the best. f) His fame spread –––. He is a famous professor. g) ––– he came, we all stood up. He is our principal. h) He is wise ––– understand what I say. He is my close friend. i) He walked very fast ––– he could reach there in time. j) The unknown person talked ––– he were mad. 12. there what does....look like let alone as soon as as if have to what’s it like would rather had better was born a) We ––– be conscious about environment pollution. It's, our duty to keep the environment clean and danger free. b) You ––– go to the concert than stay at home. The concert is always enjoyable. c) We ––– stop cutting down trees. Deforestation is detrimental to environment. d) He can't recall the incident, ––– the cause of it. He became a victim of it. e) It looks ––– it’s going to rain. Eveybody expects rain. f) I plan to move ––– I find another apartment. I want to live in an apartment. g) ––– listening to others? You don't want to talk to others. h) Daughter Mom, ––– an albatross –––? i) ––– seemed to be no doubt about it. It is wonderful. j) Sir Walter Scott was both a poet and a novelist. He ––– in 1771. 13. had better as long as there have to in case lest let alone as if what if hardly had a) Our parents sacrifice a lot for us. We ––– abide by them. b) ––– we reached the station before the train left. c) Here is nobody to help me. Please help me ––– I call you. d) Mother is calling you. You ––– go home. e) Once upon a time ––– lived an honest woodcutter in a village. f) He is a poor man. He cannot afford to travel by an AC bus, ––– by an airplane. g) We are in the room. ––– it rains outside? h) She has an urgent piece of business in Dhaka. She should start ––– she can. i) The wooden bridge was very old. The villagers repaired it ––– it might break down. j) The boy made a pure fun. He acted ––– he were mad. 14. had better there was born no sooner had would you mind enough to as soon as had to what does...look like would rather a) The road was very busy. He ––– drive carefully. b) He is close fisted man. He ––– deposit his money in a bank than spend it for own use. c) My father is physically fit. He is fit ––– run for miles at a stretch. d) A : ––– your cell phone? B : It is quite slim and light. e) ––– the teacher entered the class room, the students stood up. f) He is very sick. He ––– go to a doctor. g) Many well off people live in our district. But ––– is no good school here. h) Dr. Muhammad Yunus is a man of Nobel laureate. He ––– in Chattogram. i) ––– he received the message than he sent me. j) I offer you a cup of tea, ––– taking it? 15. has to let alone what if lest as if in case it is time wished used to what’s...like a) You had better take the keys ––– I am out. b) The teacher was angry as he did not do his homework. He ––– he had done his homework. c) There is not enough room for us, ––– any guests. d) He is suffering from diabetes. He ––– give up sugar. e) English is very important for us. ––– we adopted proper steps for learning English. f) We have to catch the 4:30 bus. ––– he comes late? g) He is ––– driving at a high speed. It can be very dangerous. h) A : ––– the university admission test? B : It's really hard and competitive. i) He went on speaking ––– I had not said anything. j) He saved some money for the future. He did so ––– he should fall into monetary crisis. 16. could not as though it is should have had had finished had to no sooner in case neither a) Rabindranath was living in London. He ––– live with an English family there. b) I have invited some colleagues to dinner. I will buy some candles ––– there is a power-cut. c) We reached the station at the eleventh hour. ––– had we reached the station than the train started. d) I was in a hurry. I ––– talk to her. e) Tired as I was I ––– the work. Then I went to bed. f) She always dislikes him. He behaves ––– he were mad. g) He does not know what he wants. He is ––– satisfied nor happy. h) I ––– my lunch before you came. Where did you go? i) ––– five years since I saw you. When are you coming back? j) You failed the test because you didn't study. You ––– studied for the test. 17. act upto there would rather have to broke though keep up broke away coming down cut off come by a) We missed our train. We ––– return home. b) I am already late for the college. I ––– start right now. c) He searched every corner of his room. ––– wasn’t any book in the room. d) He is a good boy. He always ––– his teacher's advice. e) A war broke out in the border. The soldiers ––– the enemy’s line f) Police block all the roads. Because a convict ––– from the prison. g) This is a very valuable stone. How did you ––– this stone? h) You spend a lot of money. Try to ––– your budget. i) You have done well in the examination, –––it –––. j) The price of rice is –––. It will reduce the sufferings of the people. 18. used to what if provided what’s...like in case would rather let alone as though scarcely had lest a) The man takes an umbrella ––– it rains. b) They will be playing football ––– the weather is propitious. c) I helped him in his danger but he spoke with me ––– I were a stranger to him. d) ––– the rain stopped when we resumed our journey. e) He ––– reveal the truth than hide it. f) Work with honesty and sincerity ––– you should suffer in the long run. g) The man is old and feeble. He can't walk properly, ––– run a race. h) You got GPA 5 in the previous exam. ––– you will fail in the coming HSC exam? i) There is a big play ground near our college. I ––– play there in my boyhood. j) ––– your new abode –––? 19. as if as fast as what’s it like would rather as soon as what if let alone had better lest would you mind a) We are a developing nation. We should make the best use of our resources ––– we might lag behind. b) ––– jumping from plane with a parachute? It must be thrilling. c) I stopped ––– I met my friend. It is many years since I saw him last. d) It is noon. But it is dark all around as the cloud has covered the sky. It looks –––itwere evening. e) Salam feels pain in his chest. He ––– go back to the hospital for a scan next week. f) Though I am poor, I hate begging. I ––– die than beg. g) The box is too heavy for me to carry. ––– helping me to carry it? h) I am now hot in a position to lend you one thousand taka, ––– one lakh. i) A: ––– you miss the college bus? B : No problem. I will hire a taxi. j) A : The time is very short. Write ––– you can. B : I’m trying my best. 20. as soon as had to let alone according to as if no sooner had had better would rather look forward to would have a) These students must succeed. They are studying ––– their teachers' instructions. b) My friend is a fearless soldier. He ––– die than surrender. c) We were not late to start. But ––– we reached the venue than the doors were closed. d) The company chief is not much rigid. If he had been requested properly, he ––– granted your appeal. e) Nelson Mandela became president. But he ––– spend decades behind the bars before that. f) She doesn’t even speak her own language well, ––– French. g) ––– he caught sight of a policeman, he ran away. h) She felt ––– all her worries had gone. i) Kennedy once said, "I ––– an America which will not be afraid of grace and beauty." j) You need a smooth journey. So, you ––– go by train. 21. what if let alone had better get used to used to look down upon would rather as soon as what’s it like there a) She is averse to literature. She does not admire tragedy, ––– poetry. b) The hunter aimed at a bird. ––– he pulled the string of the bow, it flew away. c) ––– stood a tea stall under the banyan tree. d) The whole area is already covered by rain water. –––, it rains again? e) The canal had silted up making it difficult for the villagers to transport their agricultural produces. They ––– re-excavate it. f) You look ill. You ––– stay at home than go to work. g) Teach your child not to ––– the downtrodden. This teaching will make him sympathetic. h) In ancient time, people were helpless. They ––– fight against the wild animals. i) I have no idea of ––– going on a long drive. I had never such an occasion in my life. j) ––– walking in the morning. Walking is very important to keep a sound health. 22. would you mind whether...or let alone as soon as provided that have to what does ....look like would rather as if had better a) It is all the same to me ––– you come ––– not. b) It is obligatory for all to participate in campaign. Riaz ––– join us if he is physically fit. c) Russel: Have you ever seen an EGC machine? Ruffi: No, I haven’t. Have you? ––– it –––? d) I ––– have a walk around than sit idly. I like the surroundings very much here. e) The cut on your forehead looks serious. You ––– put a plaster on it. f) He doesn’t know how to speak decently, ––– to behave politely. g) It is raining heavily. 1 wouldn't go out ––– the rain stops. h) The audience burst into roar ––– Messi scored a goal at the last minute of the match. i) After the interruption, the speaker went on talking ––– nothing had happened. j) I can't understand the topic. ––– helping me get it? 23. as if have to as soon as it was born let alone would rather there had better what if a) We ––– pay a visit to Cox’s Bazar than the Sundarbans. We have already visited the Sundarbans. b) The storm was raging violently. We got out ––– it abated. c) Fardin is always boastful of his uncles. He talks ––– they were the most powerful men in the country. d) My college is far away from our house. I ––– walk a long way to go to my college. e) Jasim Uddin is a rural poet. He ––– in 1903 in a village named Tambulkhana in Faridpur. f) ––– is very hot today. Load shedding is aggravating the situation. g) Maruf cannot earn 50 marks ––– 80 marks. He is a student of average standard. h) ––– are many mango trees around our home. They give us very sweet mangoes. i) Faiaz seems to be weak. He ––– consult an experienced doctor. j) The river is calm. ––– we swim in the river? To swim in the river is a nice experience. 24. would you mind used to as if as soon as let alone had better it would rather so that what if a) He acts ––– he were rich. So nobody likes him. b) ––– eating sea fish? I think you will enjoy a lot. c) Aloka can’t afford to buy a cell phone, ––– a laptop. Actually she is very poor. d) It may rain today. You ––– leave earlier. e) Sometimes we become speechless remembering our childhood memories. We ––– swim in the river. f) ––– is many years since we first met. How time does fly! g) His mother being sick, he needs to go home ––– possible. h) We ––– develop our humanity than observe hartal and strike. Let us change our destructive culture. i) There started a heavy storm when I was about to go out. ––– I had been out there? j) He took a part time job ––– he could earn some money. He was very sincere. 25. as soon as what does...look like what if what’s it like it had better was born let alone have to would rather a) Deforestation is a matter of great concern. We ––– take immediate steps against cutting down trees at random. b) To tell a lie is a great sin. We ––– die than tell a lie. Otherwise none will believe us. c) Helmet should be used while driving a motorcycle. ––– you were driving your bike and met a serious accident? d) ––– swimming in the sea? It seems to be very heroic to me. e) ––– mother heard the news, she cried loudly. She lost her child in a car accident. f) Rome was not built in a day. ––– took a long time and hard labour to build this city. g) Rahman is a poor man. He cannot buy a shirt, ––– a car. h) Kazi Nazrul Islam is our rebel poet. He ––– in Churulia of West Bengal. i) Rina’s dress looks very dirty. It is old enough. She ––– buy a new dress. j) Rana: Hi, Robi ––– a pea-cock –––? Robi: It’s a very nice bird. It knows how to dance. 26. there what if have to No sooner had would rather lest as if let alone What does...look like be born a) The students were loitering in the corridor. ––– they seen the teacher than they entered the classroom. b) Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujibur Rahman is the father of our nation. He ––– in 1920 in Tungipara of Gopalganj district. c) I can’t stand Rubel. He always acts ––– he were smarter than everyone. d) The little girl was suddenly crossing the road. A bus was passing by. As it came near the girl, the driver halted it. ––– he wouldn’t have stopped the bus? e) Shoma ––– live in a hostel than live in her relative’s home. She feels free and comfortable in the hostel. f) You started late. Now, you are walking slowly. Walk fast ––– you should miss the bus. g) He is very poor. He can’t afford to travel by an AC bus ––– an aeroplane. h) Daughter : Mom, ––– an albatross ––– ? Mother :My dear, an albatross is a very large white bird that lives in the Pacific and Southern Oceans. i) Logn ago, ––– lived a mighty warrior named Kublai Khan. He was the grandson of Chenghis Khan. j) I ––– seek advice from a doctor. I have been suffering from fever for a long time. 27. as if let alone what does...look like was born there what’s it like have to as soon as had better would rather a) In modern times, ––– has been a great change in the attitude of man regarding superstitious belief. b) Our learners develop a very poor writing skill. They cannot write fairly well even in Bangla, ––– in English. c) Some city dwellers behaviour is often too formal. They speak in such a way ––– they were never in the village. d) I have never travelled by air. ––– flying in the sky? e) Riaz : ––– the frozen mountain peak –––? Purnima : It looks like a white dome. f) Sheela is suffering from tooth-ache. She ––– see a dentist. g) Play is delayed due to rain. It will resume ––– the rain stops. h) Sohel is a very good-natured boy. He ––– stay at home than mix with bad companions. i) Milton was a poet of versatile genius. He ––– in 1608 in England. He used to believe that one should start a profession after taking necessary preparations. j) We have discussed for quite a long time. We can’t take much time any more. We ––– come to a conclusion. 28. it is high time in case lest as though no sooner had unless would you mind have to used to as long as a) There is foul smell in the room. ––– opening the windows? b) Tomorrow I will be very busy. So, I’ll say good-bye now ––– I don’t see you again. c) We ––– educate all and work hard to develop our country. d) Nobody likes Karim at all. He talks ––– he knew everything. e) The poor will continue to suffer ––– they are illiterate. f) Nobody likes you here. ––– you left this place. g) He saw a bear coming towards him. So, he climbed up a tree ––– the bear might attack him. h) Everybody disliked Rakib. He ––– do many harmful activities. i) Time is very important in our life. You cannot prosper in life ––– you make proper use of time. j) The students were talking in the class. ––– the teacher entered the class than they stopped talking. 29. there as soon as what does...look like was born what if has to as if what’s it like let alone would rather a) It was 45 years ago when a new country named Bangladesh in the world map ––– at the cost of millions of lives. b) During the liberation war of Bangladesh ––– was a great American singer George Harrison who sang for Bangladesh. c) ––– living in Bangladesh? You seem to be very happy with your life in Bangladesh. d) My foreign friend told me, “you ––– leave this country than live here. I replied, “This is my motherland.” e) In 1971 the Pakistani army did terrible atrocities against the Bangladeshis. Pakistan ––– apologize for this to Bangladesh. f) Pakistan always plays a role against Bangladesh. We cannot expect any co-operation from them ––– apology. g) The elements of anti-liberation forces came out of their cocoons ––– the father of the nation Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujibur Rahman was killed. h) Some persons living in Bangladesh always try to make conspiracy against thecountry ––– Bangladesh were not their own country. i) The authorities of Dhaka University cut ties with Pakistan. ––– the government of Bangladesh takes initiatives to cut off diplomatic relation with Pakistan? j) Teacher: Learners, ––– the national flower of Bangladesh ––– ? 30. had better let alone as if as soon as was born what does...look like there would you mind it would rather a) The room appears to be suffocating. ––– opening the windows? b) It is raining outside. You ––– take an umbrella. c) He cannot read newspaper, ––– edit a newspaper. d) ––– lived a wise man but he was not well known to all. e) You look tired. ––– appears to me that you have worked hard. f) Ismail is a symbol of versatile genius. He ––– in a needy family. g) ––– a dinosaur –––? Have you ever seen it? h) He proceeded ––– he had never seen me. His defiant behaviour offended me. i) Panic seized me ––– I heard his roaring voice. j) Though I am in dire need of money,I ––– die than seek any financial help from him. 31. let alone as if as soon as had better what’s like if it would rather have to there a) I met him ten years ago. I can hardly recall his name, ––– his address. b) ––– has been many years since I saw him. So, I cannot recognize him. c) Don’t behave ––– you knew everything. Remember all others here are senior to you. d) You ––– build your own house than live in a rented house. House rent has increased much nowadays. e) Give him the good news ––– you meet him. f) ––– are many rivers in Bangladesh. The rivers abound with plenty of fishes. g) ––– I had a typewriter, I would type well. h) You ––– consult with a doctor. The condition of your health may deteriorate. i) ––– he –––? He is friendly and he can help you. j) Time is over. I ––– go now. 32. there let alone it as if what... look like have to as soon as was born had better would rather a) We ––– not go out today. A riot has broken out in our locality. b) ––– is a good idea to walk in the morning. One can take it as an important form of physical exercise, because it refreshes both the body and mind. c) Do you often ––– travel on business? You are always seen travelling abroad. d) Long ago, ––– lived a very pious man. His name was Hatem Tai and he was very kind-hearted. e) ––– does a clown –––? You’ve seen a clown in the circus many a time. f) ––– I see my father coming, my heart fills up with joy. I am very much fond of my father. g) I got a job at a bar. But I hate working at a bar. I ––– be a waiter than a barman. h) Kazi Nazrul Islam ––– in an impoverished family. He had to earn even when he was a small boy. i) The economic condition of Robi is very poor. He cannot afford one meal per day ––– square meals. j) After the final match of the FIFA World Cup 2014, Messi looked ––– he were completely routed. His cherished dream had been shattered. 33. unless let alone it there would you mind as if neither had better as as fast as the older...the more a) When my brother was a child, he wouldn’t look at all like my father. ––– he gets, ––– he looks like him. b) ––– are hundreds of languages spoken regularly by human beings. But everywhere of the world people speak English. c) A: They won’t be enjoying a holiday this year. B: ––– we. d) It is admitted by all that a deer can run fast. But it cannot run ––– a Cheetah. e) He loves his garden very much. He does not allow his sons to pluck anyflower,––– other children. f) I cannot carry the box on my back. ––– taking the box into the room? g) ––– is very difficult to get good grade in Bengali and English. h) It is getting dark. You ––– go home right now. i) The man was seriously injured in an accident. He would have died ––– he had been taken to a nearby hospital. j) The boy talks too much of himself. He talks ––– he knew everything. 34. had better was born would rather as soon as let alone in order to has to as if whenever there a) The students were making a noise in the class. But ––– the teacher entered the class, they kept quiet. b) It was a hot summer day. A crow felt very thirsty. So it was flying here and there ––– find water. c) Panna was a criminal. So he was always on his toes. ––– he saw the police, he hid himself. d) The man is so weak that he cannot walk. He cannot walk even a kilometer ––– five kilometers. e) ––– is a nice kitchen garden just behind our house. So we can get fresh vegetables from there. f) I am too tired to talk. I can no longer give you company. You ––– leave me and let me take rest. g) Though I am poor, I hate begging. Begging is most disreputable. I ––– die than beg. h) Michail Madhusudan Dutt was a popular Bengali poet. He ––– in a sophisticated Hindu family, but he took Christianity when he was young. i) My friend Ratul talks ––– he were a millionaire. But he comes of an impoverished family. Moreover, he is good for nothing. j) Rana is a meritorious student. He is the first boy in our class. He ––– study hard and work more to maintain his position in the class. 35. but for used to was born no sooner had had better as if it what do you mean has to what’s the matter a) Shamsur Rahman ––– in Dhaka in 1929. He is famous both as a poet and a novelist. b) ––– Diamond jumped upon the table than the lighted candle fell on the papers. It caused a great damage to Newton’s research works. c) You ––– apply to the principal of your college for granting you a stipend. He will surely see on it. d) Thomas Alva Edison was very inquisitive in his childhood. He ––– do many harmful activities. However, he made a lot of inventions. e) One evening I returned home groaning with a bad headache. My mother asked me, “––– with you? Why do you look so pale? f) ––– your timely intervention, I would have been assaulted by them. I was just a victim of circumstances. g) –––? How can a rope bite a man? It is quite unbelievable. h) He tells the matter ––– he knew it. Actually, he is quite ignorant of it. i) ––– is a good idea to walk in the morning. Morning walk is very healthful. j) A good citizen ––– perform a lot of things. These things will enable him to become a true patriot. 36. as if was born as soon as it what does...look like there have to let alone would rather had better a) Manners make a man. Students ––– practice good manners in everyday life. b) Most students in our country are weak in English. They ––– follow the advice of their teachers for improvement. c) He tries to show off his knowledge in English. He speaks English ––– he were an Englishman. d) Cox’s Bazar is a popular tourist hub. ––– are many nice hotels for tourists. e) The other day I met an old rickshawpuller. He told me that he ––– pull a rickshaw than beg. f) A poor man struggles hard to survive in our country. He can hardly earn Tk. 200 a day, ––– Tk. 2000. g) In Dhaka city, traffic jam is very common. ––– may occur anywhere anytime. h) Smoking is one of the major causes of heart attack and cancer. ––– a smoker stops smoking, he can avoid the risk of any danger. i) Have you ever heard the name of William Shakespeare? He ––– on 23rd April, 1564 in England. He was one of the greatest dramatists of the world. j) Son : Dad, ––– an alien –––? Father : Well. Aliens are believed to come from another planet. Films and science fiction tell us about them. They are really awesome. 37. was born would you mind there would rather what does...look like as if let alone had better have to as soon as a) He cannot tell my name, ––– my address. He is lying. b) The Bangladeshi cricketers have done well in the World Cup. They ––– struggle more to win the World Cup. c) ––– the earth –––? It’s not completely round. d) I ––– walk than get on the bus. This time the bus is very crowded. e) ––– I reached the station, the train left. Really I was lucky. f) Dr. Muhammad Shahidullah was a great linguist. He ––– in 1885 A.D. g) He acts ––– he were rich. So nobody likes him. h) You look sick. You ––– go home immediately. i) ––– was a boy at the door. He wanted to talk to me. j) ––– eating sea fish? I think you will enjoy a lot. 38. was born what’s...like it it let alone there would rather as soon as had better as if what if a) ––– your family –––? Our family is not so big. It’s comparatively small. b) Today is a raining day. You ––– not go to office today. c) I have a bad headache. I ––– go to doctor. d) ––– lived an old man in a village. He was very wise. e) My sister is acting ––– she were all in all. She always acts like this way. f) I’ll call you ––– I arrive. Then we will go to market. g) Prabha can’t afford to buy a cell phone, ––– a laptop. Actually she is very poor. h) Punctuality is the habit of doing things exactly in time. ––– is, of course, a good habit. i) Tajuddin Ahmed, the first Prime Minister of Bangladesh, ––– in 1925. He was a wise man. j) Rina : ––– we miss the bus? Mina : We will take a taxi then. 39. there what if was born had better as long as let alone have to as if it as soon as a) ––– is really unfortunate for a boy like him to fail in the exam. b) He cannot score a goal, ––– a hattrick. c) His mother being sick, he needs to go home ––– possible. d) The manager says alone; It seems ––– others had nothing to say. e) No one is happy with her result; She ––– understand it. f) ––– you lose your pen? g) ––– lived a very clever fox in a jungle. h) The poor will continue to suffer ––– they are illiterate. i) Zahir Raihan ––– on 19 August, 1935 in Feni. j) We ––– educate all and work hard to develop our country. 40. had better there have to would rather let alone as if it what’s it like was born as soon as a) Motin’s father is a low paid service holder. He has no ability to buy a bi-cycle for his son, ––– a motor bike. b) I’ve never travelled by air. ––– travelling in the sky? c) Let’s go to the cinema. ––– is not worth waiting any longer. d) I am tired. I ––– stay at home than go outside. e) You look very anxious. And you cannot continue your study any longer. You ––– take rest. f) I am surprised to hear his speeches. He speaks ––– he knew the ins and outs of the incident. g) Salam feels pain in his chest. He ––– go back to the hospital for a scan next week. h) Tagore ––– in 1861. He was awarded the Nobel Prize for literature in 1913. i) ––– is no fish here. It is a swimming pool. j) I went there to meet with him. ––– I saw him, I rushed to talk to him. Worksheet on Phrases/Words with special use-5.1 Answer 1. Solution: (a) was born (b) As soon as (c) had better (d) would rather (e) there (f) as though (g) let alone (h) have to what if (j) What's it like 2. Solution: (a) no longer (b) What if (c) What about (d) Would you mind (e) No sooner had (f) But for (g) What’s it like (h) would rather (i) let alone (j) in order to 3. Solution: (a) However (b) What if (c) needn't (d) There (e) used to (f) had better (g) as soon as (h) there (i) What does ... look like (j) Would you mind 4. Solution: (a) there (b) was born (c) would rather (d) need not (e) wish (f) as fast as (g) had better (h) What’s.... like (i) was born (j) would you mind 5. Solution: (a) was born (b) as if (c) It (d) have to (e) would rather (f) let alone (g) had better (h) what if (i) what does ... look like (j) There 6. Solution: (a) It (b) What does ... look like (c) let alone (d) would rather (e) There (f) What If (g) have to (h) had better (i) was born (j) What’s it like 7. Solution: (a) let alone (b) lest (c) as if (d) had to (e) had better (f) used to (g) would rather (h) There (i) was born (j) as well as 8. Solution: (a) What’s it like (b) let alone (c) What if (d) as if (e) As soon as (f) had better (g) have to (h) It (i) would rather (j) there 9. Solution: (a) would rather (b) What's it like (c) was born (d) as if (e) It is high time (f) let alone (g) What does ... look like (h) have to (i) as long as (j) It 10. Solution: (a) have to (b) There (c) let alone (d) What’s it like (e) had better (f) would rather (g) as soon as (h) was born (i) as if (j) What does ... look like 11. Solution: (a) rule out (b) make sense (c) all the best (d) crocodile tears (e) keep body and soul together (f) far and wide (g) As soon as (h) enough to (i) so that (j) as though 12. Solution: (a) have to (b) would rather (c) had ( better (d) let alone (e) as if (f) as soon; as (g) What's it like (h) What does ... look like (i) There (j) was born 13. Solution: (a) have to (b) Hardly had (c) in case (d) had better (e) there (f) let alone (g) What if (h) as long as (i) lest (j) as if 14. Solution: (a) had to (b) would rather (c) enough to (d) What does ... look like? (e) A soon as (f) had better (g) there (h) was born (i) No sooner had (j) Would you mind 15. Solution: (a) in case (b) wished (c) let alone (d) has to (e) It is time (f) What if (g) used to (h) What's ... like (i) as if (j) lest 16. Solution: (a) had to (b) in case (c) No sooner (d) could not (e) finished (f) as though (g) neither (h) had had (i) It is (j) should have 17. Solution: (a) had to (b) would rather (c) There (d) acts upto (e) broke through (f) broke away (g) come by (h) cut off (i) keep (it) up (j) coming down 18. Solution: (a) in case (b) provided (c) as though (d) Scarcely had (e) would rather (f) lest (g) let alone (h) What if (i) used to (j) What’s ... like 19. Solution: (a) lest (b) What’s it like (c) as soon as (d) as if (e) had better (f) would rather (g) Would you mind (h) let alone (i) What if (j) as fast as 20. Solution: (a) according to (b) would rather (c) no sooner had (d) would have (e) had to (f) let alone (g) As soon as (h) as if (i) look forward to (j) had better 21. Solution: (a) let alone (b) As soon as (c) There (d) What if (e) had better (f) would rattier (g) look down upon (h) used to (i) what’s it like (j) Get used to 22. Solution: (a) whether... or (b) had better (c) What does it look like? (d) would rather (e) have to (f) let alone (g) unless (h) as soon as (i) as if (j) Would you mind 23. Solution: (a) would rather (b) as soon as (c) as if (d) have to (e) was born (f) It (g) let alone (h) There (i) had better (j) What if 24. Solution(a)as if (b) Would you mind (c) let alone (d) had better (e) used to (f) It (g) as soon as (h) would rather (i) What if (j) so that 25. Solution: (a) have to (b) would rather (c) What if (d) What’s it like (e) As soon as (f) It (g) let alone (h) was born (i) had better (j) what does ... look like 26. Solution: (a) No sooner had (b) was born (c) as if (d) What if (e) would rather (f) lest (g) let alone (h) what does ... look like (i) there (j) have to 27. Solution: (a) there (b) let alone (c) as if (d) What's it like (e) What does ... look like (f) had better (g) as soon as (h) would rather (i) was born (j) have to 28. Solution: (a) Would you mind (b) in case (c) have to (d) as though (e) as long as (f) It is high time (g) lest (h) used to (i) unless (j) No sooner had 29. Solution: (a) was born (b) there (c) What's it like (d) would rather (e) has to/ had to (f) let alone (g) as soon as (h) as if (i) What if (j) what does ... look like 30. Solution: (a) Would you mind (b) had better (c) let alone (d) There (e) It (f) was born (g) What does ... look like (h) as if (i) as soon as (j) would rather 31. Solution: (a) let alone (b) it (c) as if (d) would rather (e) as soon as (f) There (g) If (h) had better (i) What's ... like (j) have to 32. Solution: (a) had better (b) It (c) have to (d) there (e) What ... look like (f) As soon as (g) would rather (h) was born (i) let alone (j) as if 33. Solution: (a) The older ... the more (b) There (c) Neither will (d) as fast as (e) let alone (f) Would you mind (g) It (h) had better (i) unless (j) as if 34. Solution: (a) as soon as (b) in order to (c) Whenever (d) let alone (e) There (f) had better (g) would rather (h) was born (i) as if (j) has to 35. Solution: (a) was born (b) No sooner had (c) had better (d) Used to (e) What’s the matter (f) But for (g) What do you mean (h) as if (i) It (j) has to 36. Solution: (a) had better (b) have to (c) as if (d) There (e) would rather (f) let alone (g) It (h) As soon as (i) was born (j) What does ... look like 37. Solution: (a) let alone (b) have to (c) What ...look like (d) would rather (e) As soon as (f) was born (g) as if (h) had better (i) There (j) Would you mind 38. Solution: (a) What's ... like (b) would rather (c) had better (d) There (e) as if (f) as soon as (g) let alone (h) It (i) was born (j) What if 39. Solution: (a) It (b) let alone (c) as soon as (d) as if (e) had better (f) What if (g) There (h) as long as (i) was born (j) have to 40. Solution: (a) let alone (b) What's it like (c) It (d) would rather (e) have to (I) as if (g) had better (h) was born (i) There (j) As soon as

Rules Basic Advanced Worksheets Beginner (1) Elementary (2) (PECE) Pre-intermediate (3) (JSC) Intermediate (4) (SSC) Upper-intermediate (5( (HSC) Advanced (6)(University) Rules for Solving Cloze Test (With/Without Clues) Communicative System - Cloze Test with Clues Cloze test with clues: In this type of cloze test, you will be given a passage with 10 gaps. The passage will contain clues, and in each gap, there will be a box containing 14 words to choose from. You need to select the appropriate word from the box (based on tense, number, and person) to fill in the blank. Additional Examples: The professor is giving a lecture, and he has provided some hints to help you understand the topic. The article provides suggestions on how to improve your writing skills. She left some clues to help us solve the mystery. The manual includes tips for troubleshooting common problems. The book offers pointers for effective time management. The teacher gave us some guidelines for the project. Cloze Test without Clues: Cloze test without clues: In this type of cloze test, you will be given a passage with 10 gaps, but there will be no clues provided. You need to fill in the blanks with the appropriate words based on your understanding of grammar, tense, and vocabulary. Additional Examples: The candidate was asked to complete a challenging cloze test as part of the job interview. The cloze test in the exam was quite difficult, and many students found it challenging. She struggled to complete the cloze test without any assistance. The cloze test is designed to assess your comprehension of the text. He found the cloze test to be a good indicator of his language skills. The cloze test helped identify areas where she needed to improve her vocabulary. Rules of using Verb Rule 1: Insert the appropriate adverb or adverb phrase into the blank to complete the sentence correctly. Examples: Some people are (currently) working in the field. She sings (very beautifully). They played the game (quite well). Rule 2: Fill in the blank with the correct present tense form of the verb. Examples: He (guides) the students properly. She (teaches) English to the children. They (study) hard for their exams. Rule 3: Convert the verb to its present form or base form. Examples: Help the poor. He often (eat) fruits. She (write) poems in her free time. Rule 4: Adjust the verb tense according to the adverb or noun phrase provided. Examples: A balanced applicant always (qualifies) for the post. The dedicated students consistently (achieve) high scores. He (runs) marathons regularly. Rule 5: Change the verb into its passive form and modify the sentence as needed. Examples: The poor countries are (exploited) by the advanced countries. International meetings are (held) in English. The report will be (submitted) by tomorrow. Rule 6: Transform the verb into its passive form and add "to" before the verb that follows. Examples: They aren't (permitted) to go out of home. Visitors are not (allowed) to take photographs inside the museum. Students are (encouraged) to ask questions during the lecture. Rules of using Adverb Rule 1: Insert the appropriate adverb into the blank to modify the sentence correctly. Examples: Gradually Shakhina changed her lot. She silently observed the situation. He always speaks the truth. Rule 2: Add the adverb that matches the adjective provided in the blank. Examples: She speaks (frankly). He behaves (kindly) towards animals. The team played (exceptionally) well. Rule 3: Include the adverb in the blank to modify the auxiliary verb or principal verb correctly. Examples: He has (always) been my best friend. They have (never) visited that place. She will (probably) join us later. Rule 4: Insert the adverb that appropriately modifies the adjective provided. Examples: He is (completely) gentle. She looks (extremely) happy. The meal was (deliciously) prepared. Rule 5: Fill in the blank with the adverb that complements the adjective. Examples: She is (very) active girl. He is (quite) intelligent. The painting is (incredibly) beautiful. Rule 6: Add the adverb that correctly modifies the entire prepositional phrase. Examples: She talks (loudly) in any matter. They walked (slowly) down the narrow path. The music played (softly) in the background. Rules of using Adjective Rule 1: Complete the sentence with the appropriate adjective that complements the noun. Examples: He is doing (complicated) works. She enjoys (simple) pleasures. They faced (challenging) situations. Rule 2: Fill in the blank with the adjective that properly modifies the subject mentioned in the sentence. Examples: The students (good) in Maths can get better marks. He is (interested) in art. She is (proficient) in programming. Rule 3: Add the adjective that matches the noun provided and maintain the proper article (if applicable). Examples: An (honest) man can never tell a lie. Qualified candidates become successful. The (skilled) workers completed the project. Rule 4: Insert the appropriate adjective to describe the subject linked by the "Be" verb. Examples: She is (expert) in any handicrafts. He seems (confident) in his abilities. They are (knowledgeable) about the topic. Rule 5: Complete the sentence by adding the adverb that complements the adjective. Examples: This man is very (strong) now. She danced (gracefully) on stage. He works (efficiently) under pressure. Rule 6: Add the adjective that fits the sentence. Examples: He is (honest). She seems (happy). They appear (anxious). Rule 7: Complete the sentence with the appropriate words to make it grammatically correct. Examples: Some people dream of a good future. Many students struggle with mathematics. Several candidates applied for the job. Tense, Sentence, and Grammar Rules: Rule 1: In the present indefinite tense, if the subject is the third person and singular, the verb takes the form of the base verb plus "s" or "es." Example: Mili plays chess. Additional Examples: He reads books. She listens to music. The cat sleeps on the couch. John works in the office. It rains heavily in the monsoon. The sun sets in the evening. Rule 2: When expressing universal truths or habitual facts, use the present indefinite tense. Example: The earth moves round the sun. Additional Examples: Water boils at 100 degrees Celsius. The sun rises in the east. Plants need sunlight to grow. Fish swim in water. The moon shines at night. Birds fly in the sky. Rule 3: Use the present indefinite tense when describing actions that generally, normally, or always happen. Example: Sabiha learns her lessons regularly. Additional Examples: He often visits his grandmother. They always arrive on time. The clock ticks loudly. She daily practices the piano. We sometimes go for a walk. The dog barks at strangers. Rule 4: When forming negative or interrogative sentences in the present tense, use the auxiliary verb "do" (do, does, did) along with the base form of the main verb. Example: Sumita does not go to school. Additional Examples: He doesn't like spicy food. Did they complete their homework? She does her exercises every morning. Why do you always complain? The cat doesn't drink milk. Did you see that movie last night? Rule 5: When forming questions using WH-words (what, when, where, who, which, whose, why, how), use the auxiliary verb "do" (do, does, did) along with the base form of the main verb. Example: Why does Samira look so gloomy? Additional Examples: Where do they live? Who did you meet at the party? How does he always find his way home? What do you want for dinner? When did the event take place? Why does she always wear a hat? Rule 6: In sentences describing actions happening at the moment or in the present, use the present continuous tense, which consists of the base verb with "-ing" added to it. Example: Now the students are singing the national anthem. Additional Examples: They are watching a movie right now. The children are playing in the park. She is reading a book at the moment. The chef is preparing a delicious meal. We are waiting for the bus. The birds are chirping in the trees. Rule 7: In sentences where the subject has "have" or "has" as the auxiliary verb, use the past participle form of the main verb to create the present perfect tense. Example: They have gone to Dhaka. Additional Examples: She has finished her work. We have visited that museum before. Have you seen this movie? He has eaten breakfast already. They have won several awards. I have never been to Paris. Rule 8: Use the present perfect tense when describing actions that occurred just, just now, already, recently, lately, ever, or yet. Example: Rabeya has taken her dinner just now. Additional Examples: I have already finished my homework. She has recently visited her grandparents. Have you ever traveled to Europe? They have just arrived at the airport. He has yet to receive the report. We have recently redecorated our living room. Rule 9: Use the past indefinite tense when expressing actions that happened in the past and are associated with a specific time or event. Example: My father came home yesterday. Additional Examples: She visited the museum last week. They completed the project last month. He traveled to London two years ago. We watched a movie yesterday evening. She bought a new car last year. They graduated from college in 2010. Rule 10: Use the past indefinite tense when expressing actions that occurred since a specific time or event in the past. Example: Many years have passed since I visited India. Additional Examples: It's been a long time since I met her. She hasn't called me since last Friday. He hasn't eaten since breakfast. It's been ages since I saw that movie. It's been years since I visited my hometown. I haven't heard from him since our last meeting. Rule 11: Use the past perfect tense when describing actions that happened before a specific time or event in the past. Example: It was twenty years since the author first met his lady guest. Additional Examples: She had already left when I arrived. By the time they reached the station, the train had left. He had finished his homework before going out. I had never seen such a beautiful sunset before. They had already eaten dinner when we arrived. She had received the letter before leaving for vacation. Rule 12: Use the past perfect tense with "No sooner... than," "Scarcely... when," or "Hardly... when" to indicate that one action happened immediately after another action in the past. Example: No sooner had the rain stopped than they left the shelter. Additional Examples: Scarcely had he reached the stadium when it rained. Hardly had he arrived when the meeting started. No sooner had she finished her speech than they applauded. Scarcely had they started the game when it began to rain. Hardly had I left the house when I realized I forgot my keys. No sooner had the sun set than the stars appeared in the sky. Rule 13: Use the past perfect tense after "after" and "before" to indicate the sequence of two past actions. Example: The doctor had come before the patient died. Additional Examples: They had already eaten before I arrived. He had completed the project after she had left. She had gone to bed before her parents came home. They had met each other after they had moved to the city. The train had left before they reached the station. She had finished her work after he had gone to lunch. Rule 14: Use the past perfect tense when one action in the past had already occurred before another action in the past. Example: The doctor had come before the patient died. Additional Examples: She had already left before I arrived at the party. They had finished their meal before the waiter brought the bill. He had taken a shower before going to bed. I had already paid the bills before the electricity was restored. She had prepared breakfast before her family woke up. They had completed the project before the deadline. Rule 15: Use the present participle (verb + -ing) form of the verb or the bare infinitive (base form) after certain verbs in a sentence. Example: I saw him going. Additional Examples: He heard her singing in the garden. She noticed him walking down the street. They felt the rain falling on their faces. I watched them playing soccer in the park. She observed him reading a book in the library. We saw the plane flying overhead. Rule 16: Use "had rather," "had sooner," "had better," "would rather," "would better," "must," "let," and "need" followed by the base form of the verb (bare infinitive). Example: I had better go home by this time. Rule 17: Use "Would that" followed by a subject and the present form of the verb when expressing a wish or desire. Example: Would that I could go to America. Rule 18: Use "to be" or "having" followed by the past participle of the verb. Example: The Headmaster wants the boy to be expelled. Rule 19: Use verbs like "wish," "fancy," "it is time," and "it is high time" followed by the past tense of the verb. Examples: I wish I won the prize. I fancy I flew among the stars. It is time that the government took measures against the mosquito menace. Rule 20: Use certain verbs and phrases like "cannot help," "could not help," "with a view to," "look forward to," "would you mind," "used to," "past," "mind," and "worth" followed by the verb in its -ing form. Examples: I go to the market with a view to seeing people. I am looking forward to standing first in the class. Rule 21: Use "each," "every," "one of," "either," and "neither" followed by a singular form of the verb. Examples: Every mother loves her child. One of the students is very brilliant. Rule 22: Use "as if" or "as though" followed by "were" when describing a situation that is contrary to reality. Example: He speaks as if he were the owner of the firm. Rule 23: Modal auxiliary verbs like "can," "could," "may," "might," "shall," "should," "will," and "would" are followed by the base form of the verb. Example: He can do the sum. Rule 24: In indirect speech, the reporting verb in the past tense is followed by the past tense of the verb in the reported speech. Example: He said that he went to Dhaka yesterday. Rule 25: When forming the passive voice, use the appropriate form of the auxiliary verb "to be" (am, is, are, was, were, shall be, will be) followed by the past participle of the verb. Example: The boy is sent to school. Rule 26: Use the structure "If + Subject + were" in the if-clause and "might/would/could + verb" in the principal clause when expressing a hypothetical situation. Example: If I were a bird, I would fly to you soon. Rule 27: Use the structure "If + Present Indefinite Tense" in the if-clause and "will + base form of the verb" in the principal clause to express a future consequence. Example: If you walk slowly, you will miss the train. Rule 28: Use the if-clause with "If + Past Indefinite Tense" and "could, would, might" in the principal clause when expressing a past possibility. Example: If she requested, I would go. Rule 29: Use the if-clause with "If + Past Perfect Tense" and "would have/could have/might have" in the principal clause to express a past hypothetical situation. Example: If the thief had seen the policeman, he would have run away. Rule 30: Use the perfect conditional structure "Had + Subject + Past Participle" in the if-clause and "would have/could have/might have + past participle" in the principal clause to express a past unreal condition. Example: Had I the wings of a dove, how soon I would have met you again. Rule 31: Use "since" and "for" followed by a specific time duration to form sentences in the Present Perfect Continuous Tense. Example: It has been raining for two hours. Rule 32: Use plural verbs after adjectives that start with "The." Example: The rich are not always happy. Rule 33: Use the Future Indefinite Tense after time expressions like "tomorrow," "next day," "latter," etc. Example: The next day will be a holiday. Rule 34: Use the past participle form of the verb after verbs like "have," "get," "want," etc., when followed by an objective (noun/pronoun). Example: I get my hair dressed. Rule 35: In a compound sentence, use the past tense in both clauses. Example: He came and visited me. Rule 36: In a complex sentence, use the past tense in both the main and subordinate clauses. Example: I knew it was expensive. Rule 37: Use a plural verb when the subject of a sentence with "there" is plural. Example: There are ten boys. Rule 38: Use a singular verb when a collective noun (like "twenty miles") refers to a single unit. Example: Twenty miles is not a long distance. Rule 39: "Beside" means "at the side of" or "next to," while "besides" means "as well as" or "in addition to." Examples: There is a tree beside the river. He has none to help him besides you. Rule 40: Use "between" when referring to two items or people and "among" when referring to more than two items or people. Examples: He divided his money between his wife and his daughter. Divide the mangoes among the boys. Rule 41: Use "since" with a point of time (e.g., since Sunday) and "for" with a period of time (e.g., for a week). When using "since," the tense in the main clause should match with "since," and when using "for," use the past tense. Examples: It has been raining since Sunday last. He begins English from today. I have not seen him for a week. Rule 42: Use plural verbs after subjects connected by "and." If the subject consists of "and" followed by a singular noun, use "no" or "not" to make the subject negative, and use a singular verb. Examples: Rahim and Karim are two brothers. Only girls and no boy are guilty. Rule 43: Use singular verbs when the subject consists of a singular noun followed by "and" and another singular noun. Examples: The Chairman and Headmaster of the school is coming. Bread and butter is my favorite food. Rule 44: Indefinite subjects such as "any one," "either," "neither," "anything," "each," "everyone," "everything," "no one," "nothing," "whatever," and "whoever" take singular verbs. When referring to "all," "any," or "some," use plural verbs. Examples: The first two problems are very difficult, but the rest are easy. Either of these buses goes past the university. Every pupil has a book. Each boy was wicked. Rule 45: Use singular verbs when the subject consists of "each" or "every" followed by "and" and another singular noun. Examples: Each boy and each girl was present in the prize-giving ceremony. Every man, woman, and child was affected by the recent flood. Rule 46: When the subject consists of a singular subject followed by "or," "nor," "either...or," or "neither...nor," use singular verbs. Examples: Rahim or Karim has been present in the meeting. Either Rahim or Karim was present in the meeting. Neither Rahim nor Karim is guilty. Rule 47: When the subject consists of a singular subject followed by "or," "nor," "either...or," or "neither...nor," and the subject contains both singular and plural elements, use a plural verb. Examples: Nice or her friends have insulted the gentleman. Neither Fahmida nor her colleagues were hurt. Rule 48: When the subject contains different persons (e.g., first person, second person) connected by "or," "nor," "either...or," or "neither...nor," use the verb form that matches the first person mentioned. Examples: Either he or I have done this. Neither you nor he is to blame. Either you or he or I shall go to the market. Rule 49: When subjects consist of a combination of the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd person (e.g., you, he, and I), use a plural verb form. The formula "231 (2nd 3rd 1st)" indicates the order of persons in the subject. In cases where the formula is "123 (1st 2nd 3rd)," use the verb in its plural form. Examples: You, he, and I are close friends. I, you, and he are guilty. Rule 50: When dealing with collective nouns, use singular verbs. However, when referring to groups within a collective noun, use plural verbs. Collective nouns refer to groups as a single entity, while plural verbs emphasize the individual members within the group. Examples: The jury consists of five persons. The jury were divided in their opinions. The committee has agreed to take a unanimous decision. The committee are divided in respect of details. Rule 51: Some nouns remain the same in both singular and plural forms, such as "deer," "sheep," "piece," "public," "dozen," "score," "thousand," etc. Examples: I have five deer (not deers). I have five thousand (not thousands) taka. Rule 52: Collective and group nouns can take both singular and plural verbs. If the emphasis is on the group acting as one entity, use a singular verb. If the focus is on the individual members within the group, use a plural verb. Examples: The police are watching the house. The cattle are grazing in the field. Rule 53: Some nouns like "wages," "news," "physics," "politics," "gallows," etc., always take singular verbs. Examples: Physics is my favorite subject. Ill-news runs apace. The wages of sin is true. Rule 54: When you have a subject that is a noun followed by "but" and then another noun, use a singular verb. However, if you have "more than one" followed by a singular noun, use a singular verb. If you have "more than two" or "more than three" followed by a plural noun, use a plural verb. Examples: More than one boy is guilty. More than five scholars have participated in the writing ceremony. Rule 55: When using phrases like "as well as," "with," and "together with," the verb should agree with the subject that comes before them, which is typically the singular noun. If the subject before these phrases is singular, the verb should also be singular. If the subject before these phrases is plural, the verb should be plural. Examples: The Chairman with all the members of his council was present in the meeting. Rahim, together with some of his bosom friends, has come here. Sapon, as well as Ripon, deserves praise. Rule 56: When using correlative conjunctions like "Not only... but also," the verb should agree with the subject that follows "not only." If that subject is singular, the verb should be singular; if it's plural, the verb should be plural. Examples: Not only Rahim but also his friends are watching the television. The objective is not only to identify the problem but also to solve it. Rule 57: When using relative pronouns, the verb should agree with the antecedent (the noun to which the relative pronoun refers) in terms of number and person. Examples: It is I who am to blame. You who are my friend should stand by me. This is the boy who is my friend. Rule 58: When using pronouns like "anybody," "everybody," "anyone," "everyone," and "each," they are considered singular and should take singular pronouns like "his" or "her." Examples: Anybody can do this if he likes. Everyone likes to have his way. Each of the boys will do his duty. One should do one's duty. Rule 59: When using comparative structures with "than" or "as," the case of the pronoun should match the case of the pronoun in the other part of the comparison, and the verb should agree accordingly. Examples: She is smaller than I (am). I like you better than he (likes you). Rule 60: When dealing with nouns preceded by "many a" or "many an," use a singular noun form, and the verb should also be in the singular form. When using "a great many," "a good many," or "too many," use the plural form of the noun and the verb in its plural form. Examples: Many a boy is dull of hearing. Many an orphan was begging from door to door. A great many boys were absent from the class. Too many cooks spoil the broth. Rule 61: Some nouns are always plural in form but may refer to a single object or concept. For these nouns, use a plural verb form. Examples: The shirts need (not needs) cleaning. Smallpox has (not have) broken out there. Your new glasses are (not is) very nice. Here are some examples of always plural nouns: Pair nouns: bellows, scissors, glasses, spectacles Articles of dress: trousers, drawers, breeches, shorts Names of diseases: mumps (but not smallpox, measles) Names of games: billiards Other nouns: ashes, alms, assets, annals, fetters, proceeds, aborigines, thanks, tidings, vegetables, belongings, goods, clothes, congratulations, earnings, particulars, premises, riches, surroundings, etc. Rule 62: Some nouns are always singular in form, even though they may refer to multiple objects or concepts. For these nouns, use a singular verb form. Examples: He gave me much abuse (not abuses) for no fault. My house is full of new furniture (not furniture’s). He gave me all the information (not information’s). Here are some examples of always singular in form nouns: abuse, alphabet, furniture, information, issue, offspring, poetry, scenery Rule 63: When using "before," "after," and "when" in sentences, "before" and "when" are used with past perfect tense, while "after" is used with simple past tense. Examples: The patient died after the doctor had come. The patient had died before the doctor came. I had done the job when the manager came. Rule 64: When using "hardly" and "scarcely," these words are followed by "had" and indicate that an event occurred immediately after another event. Examples: Hardly had we reached the station when the train left. Scarcely had we started when it began to rain. Rule 65: The definite article "the" is used before nation and race (RvwZ). Additionally, "the" is used with road, street, and avenue. However, "the" is not used with English (as a language). Examples: The English are intelligent and industrious. English is an international language. I have a fine piano. The shirt is bought from KDA Avenue. He was born on Larkana Road. Rule 66: "Across" and "through" have different meanings: "Across" typically suggests movement from one side to another, often implying a surface or boundary that is crossed. Example: He walked across (not through) the ice. "Through" suggests movement within or along a medium or space, often indicating penetration or passage from one end to another. Example: He drove through (not across) several towns. Rule 67: Adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs. Adjectives modify nouns or pronouns. Ensure proper use of adverbs and adjectives to maintain correct sentence structure. Examples: We will have to think quickly (not quick). I don’t remember him very well (not good). It is terribly (not terrible) cold today. The curry is very badly (not bad) cooked. They are playing unusually (not usual) fast. Rule 68: "Affect" is a verb that means to influence or produce a change in something, typically an action or feeling. "Effect" is a noun that refers to the result or outcome of an action. Examples: The war seriously affected petrol prices. The war had a serious effect on petrol prices. Rule 69: "Ago" is used to indicate a specific time in the past, counting back from the present. "Before" is used with past perfect tense to indicate a time before another past event. Examples: I met that woman in Dhaka three years ago (not before). When I was talking, I found out that I had been at school with her husband ten years before (not ago). Rule 70: "Along" is used as a preposition to describe movement alongside something, such as a road, river, corridor, or line. "Through" indicates movement within or penetration through something. Examples: I saw her running along the road (not through). This train goes straight through (not along) Dhaka. Rule 71: "Appear" and "seem" are used to describe subjective impressions or feelings about something. Use "appear" or "seem" based on whether the speaker is describing an objective fact or their own perception or feeling. Examples: The baby seems/appears hungry. She does not want to go on with studying: It seems (not appear) a pity. Rule 72: Use "at," "in," and "on" to indicate different time expressions: "At" is used for specific clock times: I usually get up at six o'clock. "At" is also used for weekends: What did you do at the weekend? "In" is used for parts of the day: I work best in the morning. "In" is used for longer periods: I was born in March in 1990. "On" is used for specific days: I will ring you on Tuesday. "On" is used for public holidays: Come and see on Friday. "At" is used for specifying exact times within the hour: I was born in 1971 in January on Sunday at 2:00. Rule 73: Use "at," "in," and "on" with places: "In" is used for countries, states, provinces, cities, and rooms: We live in the United States in North Carolina in Jacksonville on the east coast on New River at 2600 River Road. "On" is used for streets, addresses, coasts, buildings, rivers, parks, ships, cars, trains, boats, and places: We live on River Road. Rule 74: "Due to" and "owing to" are used interchangeably to mean "because of" or "caused by." Use them when followed by a verb "to be." Examples: Due to/owing to the bad weather, the match was canceled. His success was due to (not owing to) his mother. Rule 75: "Lay" is a regular verb used to mean putting something down carefully or flat. Its forms are "lay," "laid," "lain." Examples: I laid the papers on the table. "Lie" is an irregular verb used to mean saying things that are not true. Its forms are "lie," "lied," "lied." Examples: You lied to me when you said you loved me. Rule 76: "Like" is a preposition used with nouns or pronouns. "As" is a conjunction used to introduce clauses. Examples: You look like (not as) your sister. Nobody knows her as (not like) I do. Rule 77: "Neither...nor" is used to express a negative idea. Both parts should agree in number with a singular verb when applicable. Examples: I neither smoke nor drink. The film was neither well made nor well acted. Rule 78: "Either...or" is used for making a choice between two options. Examples: You can either have tea or coffee. I don’t speak either French or German. Either you will leave this house, or I will call the police. Rule 79: "Both...and" is used for parallel structures. Ensure balance in parallel structures. Examples: She's both pretty and clever (adjectives). I spoke to both her director and her secretary (nouns). She both dances and sings (verbs). Rule 80: Some verbs and phrases have specific prepositions that should be used. Here are some examples: Don’t believe (not in) her. We had better discuss (not about) your fraud plan. When I entered (not into) the room, everybody stopped talking. Your brother lacks (not of) wit. She married (not with) her friend. The child does not resemble (not to) either of its parents. The train is now approaching (not to) London Paddington. Rule 81: Use "whether" or "if" for indirect yes/no questions. Both can be used, but "whether" is more formal. Examples: I am not sure whether/if I will have time. We discussed whether/if we should close the shop (after a verb). I have not settled the question of whether/if I will go back home (after a preposition). They cannot decide whether/if to get married now or wait (before "to" + infinitive). Rule 82: Use the present form of verbs with time expressions such as "everyday, always, never, every, something, often, regularly, usually, now and then." Examples: Rahim goes (not went / has gone) to school every day. He never tells (not tell) a lie. It very often rains (not rain) here in April. He regularly appears (not appear) on television. Rule 83: "Used to" is followed by the base form of a verb, while "be used to" is followed by a gerund form. Examples: She used to get up early. She was used to getting up early. Rule 84: Some verbs are followed by the infinitive "to." Examples include "agree, decide, need, intend, seem, tend, ask, refuse, promise." Examples: They didn’t plan to buy (not buying) a car. We demand to know (not knowing) our status. Rule 85: Use the "-ing" form of verbs with certain verbs like "admit, complete, deny, delay, enjoy, discuss, consider, avoid." Examples: She is considering not going (not to go). I miss watching (not to watch) the news when I am traveling. Rule 86: Some phrasal verbs are followed by the "-ing" form, including "approve of, don’t mind, look forward to, get through, keep on, insist on, forget about." Examples: I have been looking forward to meeting (not to meet) you. Rule 87: Use the future indefinite tense with time expressions such as "tomorrow, the next day, next week, in the future, in the long run, in the course of time, next year." Examples: He will come to his village next year. The boy will be a great poet in the course of time. Rule 88: When or while introducing a past continuous action, use past continuous for the action in progress and past simple for the interrupting action. Examples: I was reading a book when he came in. The boy fell down while he was running. Rule 89: "Each other" is used for two people, while "one another" is used for more than two. Examples: The two boys quarreled with each other. The three women quarreled with one another. Rule 90: "A number of," "a large number of," and "a lot of" take plural verbs. Examples: A number of boys have seen the principal. A lot of books have been damaged. Rule 91: Words like "half," "part," "rest of," "three-fourths," and "two-thirds" are followed by a singular noun when referring to one thing but a plural noun when referring to multiple things. Examples: Half of the egg is rotten. The rest of the book is dull. Half of the milk was spilled by the child. Three-fourths of the students have taken the examination. Rules of using Parts of Speech Rule 1: To form a noun from an adjective, replace the adjective in parentheses with the corresponding noun form. Examples: (Honest) is the best policy. → Honesty is the best policy. (walk) is good exercise. → Walking is a good exercise. Rule 2: Add an article or a preposition as needed before a noun to make the sentence grammatically correct. Examples: He has done –(duty) for him. → He has done a duty for him. Rule 3: Insert an adjective before a noun if it is required to provide context or make the sentence meaningful. Examples: They have bought a beautiful—(gift) for their friends. → They have bought a beautiful gift for their friends. Rule 4: Include an article, adjective, or preposition as necessary before a noun to complete the sentence. Examples: He believes in – (work) for the development of the country. → He believes in working for the development of the country. You cannot prosper in life without -- (work) hard. → You cannot prosper in life without working hard. The purpose of --- (read) history is different. → The purpose of reading history is different. Rule 5: Combine some common words (some, any, few, a few, little, many, more, much, only, every, each, no) with a noun as needed to convey the intended meaning. Examples: He has done many – (job). → He has done many jobs. Rule 6: Utilize an article followed by an adjective if the context requires it before a noun. Examples: A good--- (decide) is the pre-condition of success. → A good decision is the pre-condition of success. Rule 7: Add a verb or preposition as necessary to form a complete sentence with a noun. Examples: He has--- (believe) God always. → He has belief in God always. Or. He has believed God always. → He has believed in God always. Rule 8: Replace the verb in parentheses with the appropriate verb form or tense to make the sentence grammatically correct. Examples: She (go) to school every day. → She goes to school every day. They (study) for their exams all night. → They studied for their exams all night. Rule 9: Adjust the verb tense or form to match the subject and context of the sentence. Examples: He (run) faster than his friend. → He runs faster than his friend. She (read) the book yesterday. → She read the book yesterday. Rule 10: Ensure that the verb agrees in tense and form with the subject and the rest of the sentence. Examples: The cat (chase) the mouse. → The cat chases the mouse. The students (be) excited about the field trip. → The students are excited about the field trip. Rule 11: Change the verb form to match the intended meaning and tense of the sentence. Examples: I (have) a dog when I was a child. → I had a dog when I was a child. He (play) the piano very well. → He plays the piano very well. Rule 12: Correctly conjugate the verb based on the subject and tense required in the sentence. Examples: We (be) late for the meeting. → We are late for the meeting. She (sing) beautifully. → She sings beautifully. Rule 13: Adjust the verb tense to reflect the time frame and context of the sentence. Examples: He (eat) breakfast every morning. → He eats breakfast every morning. They (visit) the museum last weekend. → They visited the museum last weekend. Rule 14: Modify the verb form to match the subject and complete the sentence accurately. Examples: The team (win) the championship last year. → The team won the championship last year. She (dance) gracefully on the stage. → She dances gracefully on the stage. More Rules: 1) Article Usage: When an article precedes a gap, an adjective usually fills the gap. Rule: Article + Gap = Adjective Example 1: There lived a [wise] king in India. Example 2: She found an [old] book in the library. Example 3: I bought a [red] car yesterday. Example 4: He wants to be a [successful] actor. Example 5: We saw an [amazing] performance last night. 2) Article + Adjective + Noun: If an article and adjective precede a gap, the gap is usually filled with a past participle or present participle. Rule: Article + Adjective + Gap = Past Participle or Present Participle Example 1: I saw a nice [colored] sari at New market. Example 2: I have a beautiful [painted] picture hung on the wall. Example 3: He wore a [torn] shirt to the party. Example 4: She had an [exhausted] look on her face. Example 5: They found an [abandoned] house in the woods. 3) Preposition + Noun: When a preposition precedes a gap, and a noun follows the gap, the gap is typically filled with an "-ing" verb. Rule: Preposition + Gap + Noun = "-ing" Verb Example 1: I am interested in [listening] to music. Example 2: The children are fond of [eating] sweets. Example 3: She apologized for [interrupting] the conversation. Example 4: They are excited about [going] on vacation. Example 5: He is responsible for [maintaining] the garden. 4) Be Verb + Prepositional Phrase: After a "be" verb and a prepositional phrase, the gap is usually filled with an adjective. Rule: Be Verb + Prepositional Phrase + Gap = Adjective Example 1: Mr. Mofiz is [good] at English. Example 2: They are [afraid] of snakes. Example 3: She feels [comfortable] in her new home. Example 4: The room smells [fresh] after cleaning. Example 5: The cake tastes [delicious] with chocolate frosting. 5) Sensory Verbs: Certain verbs (look, seem, grow, taste, remain, sound, appear, turn, become, heap) are typically followed by adjectives. Rule: Sensory Verb + Gap = Adjective Example 1: The baby looks [nice]. Example 2: The soup tastes [delicious]. Example 3: The weather has turned [cold]. Example 4: Her singing sounds [beautiful]. Example 5: The situation seems [hopeless]. 6) Object-less Verbs: When a verb lacks an object and is followed by a gap, the gap can be filled with a noun, adjective, or adverb. Rule: Object-less Verb + Gap = Noun/Adjective/Adverb Example 1: We learn [English]. Example 2: He runs [fast]. Example 3: She learns [swimming]. Example 4: He reads [perfectly]. Example 5: They laugh [loudly]. 7) Be Verb + Adjective: After a "be" verb and an adjective, the gap is usually filled with an adverb. Rule: Be Verb + Adjective + Gap = Adverb Example 1: My father’s idea was [fully] right. Example 2: Her performance was [exceptionally] good. Example 3: The movie was [surprisingly] entertaining. Example 4: The food was [absolutely] delicious. Example 5: The room is [extremely] tidy. 8) Definite Article + Noun: When a definite article precedes a gap and a noun follows it, the gap is typically filled with the superlative form of an adjective. Rule: Definite Article + Gap + Noun = Superlative Adjective Example 1: Mr. Rana is the [wisest] man in the locality. Example 2: This is the [tallest] building in town. Example 3: She is the [best] student in her class. Example 4: It was the [strongest] earthquake ever recorded. Example 5: That was the [most beautiful] sunset I've ever seen. 9) Specific Verbs + Infinitive: Verbs like help, mind, feel, and certain phrases like "with a view to" are typically followed by a suitable verb in its infinitive form with "to." Rule: Specific Verb/Phrase + Gap = Infinitive Verb with "to" Example 1: I can’t help [going] to my sister’s house. Example 2: He doesn't mind [helping] others. Example 3: She looks forward to [meeting] her friend. Example 4: They are here with a view to [discuss] the project. Example 5: She confessed to [stealing] the cookies. 10) Inverted Sentences: When a sentence starts with something other than the subject and later includes the subject and the main verb, the first verb is often followed by an "-ing" verb. Rule: Inverted Sentence + Gap = "-ing" Verb Example 1: [Practicing] in the High court, Mr. Kalam is happy. Example 2: [Studying] hard, she passed the exam. Example 3: [Working] tirelessly, the team achieved success. Example 4: [Hiking] in the mountains, they found peace. Example 5: [Traveling] around the world, he gained valuable experiences. 11) Quantifiers with Plural Nouns: Phrases like "one of the," "many of the," and "most of the" are followed by plural nouns. Rule: [Quantifier] + Gap = Plural Noun Example 1: Karim is one of the brilliant [students] of the school. Example 2: Many of the [boys] are playing in the field. Example 3: Most of the [books] have been borrowed. Example 4: One of the [options] is correct. Example 5: Many of the [guests] arrived early. 12) "Most of the" with Countable Nouns: When "most of the" is followed by a gap, the gap is typically filled with the plural form of a countable noun. Rule: Most of the [Gap] = Plural Noun Example 1: Most of the [students] were present in the class. Example 2: Most of the [time] he remains busy. Example 3: Most of the [apples] were ripe. Example 4: Most of the [cars] were parked outside. Example 5: Most of the [employees] attended the meeting. 13) Have, Has, Had + Gap: After "have," "has," or "had," followed by a gap, the gap is typically filled with a noun or object. Rule: [Have/Has/Had] + Gap = Noun/Object Example 1: He has a [problem]. Example 2: Rana has [peace of mind]. Example 3: I had [a lot of questions]. Example 4: She has [a good sense of humor]. Example 5: They had [a wonderful experience]. 14) Not Only... But Also: In "not only... but also" constructions, both parts are followed by a gap that fills in the sentence. These gaps often require a verb form. Rule: Not only [Gap], but also [Gap] Example 1: He is [not only] honest, but also [kind]. Example 2: Not only [did] my father [agree], but also [I] [supported] the idea. Example 3: She [not only] plays the piano [beautifully], but also [sings] [wonderfully]. Example 4: Not only [is] he [intelligent], but also [he is] [hardworking]. Example 5: They [not only] visited the museum [yesterday], but also [enjoyed] the art [exhibition]. 15) Gap Before Adjective and After Preposition: When there's a gap before an adjective and after a preposition, the gap is often filled with the appropriate preposition. Rule: Preposition + Gap + Adjective Example 1: Fahim is good [in] administration. Example 2: Karim is in good health [in]. Example 3: She is skilled [at] swimming. Example 4: They are interested [in] sports. Example 5: The cake is rich [with] chocolate. 16) Verb + Gap + Article/ Noun Phrase: If there's a verb before a gap and an article or noun phrase after it, the gap is filled with a preposition. Rule: Verb + Gap + Article/Noun Phrase = Preposition Example 1: She is [in] a good position. Example 2: Karim is [in] good health. Example 3: The book is [on] the table. Example 4: They are [at] the library. Example 5: He is [with] a group of friends. 17) Sentence Start with Gap + Noun Phrase/Article: If a sentence starts with a gap, followed by a noun phrase or article, the gap is often filled with a preposition. Rule: Gap + Noun Phrase/Article = Preposition Example 1: [In] a poorest condition, [the] man struggled to survive. Example 2: [With] the sun high in the sky, [the] children played outside. Example 3: [In] times of trouble, [the] community comes together. Example 4: [Under] the moonlight, [the] lake shimmered beautifully. Example 5: [On] a cold winter morning, [the] town woke up to snow. 18) Gap Between Full Sentences: When there's a gap between two full sentences, a conjunction is often used to connect them. Rule: Sentence + Gap + Sentence = Conjunction Example 1: I went to Barishal, [and] my friends met me. Example 2: She finished her work early, [so] she could relax. Example 3: We studied hard for the exam, [but] the questions were difficult. Example 4: He loves playing soccer, [and] his brother enjoys basketball. Example 5: She woke up late, [but] she still made it to the meeting on time. 19) Gap at the Start of a Sentence: When there's a gap at the beginning of a sentence followed by an article or noun phrase, the gap is often filled with a preposition. Rule: Gap + Article/Noun Phrase = Preposition Example 1: [In] a poorest condition, [the] man struggled to survive. Example 2: [With] the sun high in the sky, [the] children played outside. Example 3: [Under] the moonlight, [the] lake shimmered beautifully. Example 4: [On] a cold winter morning, [the] town woke up to snow. Example 5: [From] a distance, [the] mountains looked majestic. 20) Gap Between Full Sentences with Conjunction: When there's a gap between two full sentences with a conjunction, the conjunction is used to connect them. Rule: Sentence + Conjunction + Gap + Sentence Example 1: I went to Barishal [and] my friend met me. Example 2: She finished her work early [so] she could relax. Example 3: We studied hard for the exam [but] the questions were difficult. Example 4: He loves playing soccer [and] his brother enjoys basketball. Example 5: She woke up late [but] she still made it to the meeting on time. 21) Gap with a Noun Before or After: When there's a gap with a noun on either side, a conjunction is often used to connect them. Rule: Noun + Gap + Noun = Conjunction Example 1: Jony [and] Rony took the decision last. Example 2: The cat [and] the dog played together. Example 3: The book [or] the movie will be your prize. Example 4: The teacher [or] the student can answer this. Example 5: The pen [but] not the pencil is on the desk. 22) Gap Between Two Clauses: When there's a gap between two clauses, a conjunction is used to connect them. Rule: Clause + Gap + Clause = Conjunction Example 1: He has well done the job [and] got the reward. Example 2: She works hard [so] she can achieve her goals. Example 3: We can go to the park [if] the weather is nice. Example 4: They practiced daily [until] they mastered the skill. Example 5: I enjoy reading [while] I travel to work. 23) Subject-Verb Agreement (Singular): When the subject is singular, the verb should also be singular. Rule: The [Noun] of his [Noun] [Verb] [Singular]. Example 1: The [color] of his [eyes] [is] blue. Example 2: The [book] on the table [is] red. Example 3: The [sound] in the room [is] loud. Example 4: The [fact] about her [was] true. Example 5: The [news] from the reporter [was] shocking. 24) Subject-Verb Agreement (Third Person Singular): When the subject is third person singular, the verb should end in -s or -es. Rule: [Noun] [Verb-s] to [Place]. Example 1: She [goes] to school. Example 2: He [plays] football in the park. Example 3: It [rains] in the rainy season. Example 4: She [works] in the office. Example 5: He [studies] at the library. 25) For/Since + Time: When "for" or "since" is followed by a gap with a mention of time, it often indicates the use of the present perfect continuous tense. Rule: [For/Since] [Gap] Example 1: He has been [reading] since morning. Example 2: She has been [working] for hours. Example 3: They have been [studying] for days. Example 4: We have been [waiting] for hours. Example 5: I have been [practicing] since last month. 26) To Be + Verb-ing: After forms of "be" (am, is, are, was, were, has been, have been, will be), the gap is typically filled with a verb in the "-ing" form. Rule: [To Be] [Verb-ing] Example 1: They are [doing] the job. Example 2: He has been [living] here for six months. Example 3: She is [painting] the walls. Example 4: I will be [traveling] next week. Example 5: It was [raining] heavily. 27) Verb + Adjective: When the sentence starts with a verb and is followed by an adjective, the gap is often filled with an adverb. Rule: [Verb] [Adjective] to [Verb] Example 1: She is [unhappy] to live in a small family. Example 2: He is [eager] to help others. Example 3: They are [excited] to visit the museum. Example 4: I am [anxious] to hear the news. Example 5: He is [happy] to see you. 28) Have/Has/Had + Been + Past Participle: When "have," "has," or "had" is followed by "been" and a gap, the gap is typically filled with a past participle. Rule: [Have/Has/Had] [Been] [Past Participle] Example 1: The letters were [written] by her yesterday. Example 2: The report has been [approved] by the manager. Example 3: The cake had been [eaten] by the time we arrived. Example 4: The document has been [signed] and sent. Example 5: The work had been [completed] before the deadline. 29) Have/Has/Had + Noun: After "have," "has," or "had," followed by a gap, the gap is typically filled with a noun. Rule: [Have/Has/Had] [Gap] = Noun Example 1: He has [some qualities]. Example 2: She had [a bag of chocolates]. Example 3: They have [no idea]. Example 4: We had [a great time]. Example 5: He has [a lot of money]. 30) Prepositions + Verb-ing: After prepositions (in, on, of, for, from, by, without), the gap is often filled with a verb in the "-ing" form. Rule: [Preposition] [Verb-ing] Example 1: She is skilled [in speaking] English. Example 2: They are interested [in learning] new skills. Example 3: He succeeded [by working] hard. Example 4: She left [without saying] goodbye. Example 5: We met [for discussing] the project. 31) Gerunds After "Being," "Been," "To Be," "Having": After "being," "been," "to be," or "having," the gap is often filled with a verb in its past participle form. Rule: [Being/Been/To Be/Having] [Past Participle] Example 1: Having [finished] the work, he left the office. Example 2: Being [exhausted], she decided to rest. Example 3: To be [recognized] as a leader is his goal. Example 4: Having [eaten] breakfast, they went to school. Example 5: Being [informed] about the situation, they took action. 32) Have/Has/Had + Noun/Object: After "have," "has," or "had," followed by a gap, the gap is typically filled with a noun or object. Rule: [Have/Has/Had] [Gap] = Noun/Object Example 1: Rana has [some qualities]. Example 2: She had [a bag of chocolates]. Example 3: They have [no idea]. Example 4: We had [a great time]. Example 5: He has [a lot of money]. 33) Subject + Verb + Object + Gap + Adjective: When the sentence structure is subject + verb + object + gap, the gap is often filled with an adjective. Rule: [Subject] [Verb] [Object] [Gap] [Adjective] Example 1: She loves me [sincerely]. Example 2: He paints the walls [beautifully]. Example 3: They sent me [flowers]. Example 4: We found the place [fascinating]. Example 5: He plays the guitar [amazingly]. 34) Subject + Verb + Object + Gap + Noun: After the subject + verb + object structure, a gap followed by another noun is common. Rule: [Subject] [Verb] [Object] [Gap] [Noun] Example 1: She sent me [flowers]. Example 2: He wrote [letters]. Example 3: They played [music]. Example 4: We heard [news]. Example 5: I need [help]. 35) Verb + Object + Gap: When the sentence starts with a verb followed by an object and a gap, the gap is often filled with a gerund (verb + ing). Rule: [Verb] [Object] [Gap] Example 1: He started [working] immediately. Example 2: She enjoys [reading] novels. Example 3: They hate [cleaning] the house. Example 4: We love [playing] basketball. Example 5: I practice [singing] every day. 36) Subject + Gap + Verb-ing: If the sentence structure starts with the subject, followed by a gap and a verb ending with -ing, the gap should be filled with a gerund (verb + ing). Rule: [Subject] [Gap] [Verb-ing] Example 1: The people [living] in the midst of poverty are the worst victims of natural disasters. Example 2: Children [playing] in the park are having fun. Example 3: The students [studying] in the library are quiet. Example 4: People [working] in the office seem busy. Example 5: The workers [repairing] the road are making progress. 37) Possessive + Noun: After a possessive form (my, your, his, her, its, our, their) followed by a gap, a noun typically follows. Rule: [Possessive] [Gap] = Noun Example 1: My [father]. Example 2: Their [mother]. Example 3: Our [friend]. Example 4: His [book]. Example 5: Her [cat]. 38) Preposition (With/For/By) + Gap: When "with," "for," or "by" is followed by a gap, a suitable noun or phrase is added to complete the sentence. Rule: [Preposition (With/For/By)] [Gap] Example 1: I did it [with confidence]. Example 2: She went [for a walk]. Example 3: He succeeded [by working hard]. Example 4: They celebrated [with enthusiasm]. Example 5: I communicated [for clarity]. 39) Adjective Before Noun: When there's an adjective before a noun and a gap, a preposition is often used. Rule: [Adjective] [Gap] [Preposition] Example 1: She is good [in administration]. Example 2: They are interested [in science]. Example 3: He is skilled [at cooking]. Example 4: She is experienced [in marketing]. Example 5: He is passionate [about music]. 40) Noun as Subject and Object: Nouns can serve as both subjects and objects in sentences. Rule: [Noun] [Verb] [Noun]. Example 1: [The book] [is] [on the table]. Example 2: [The car] [hit] [the wall]. Example 3: [The cat] [chased] [the mouse]. Example 4: [The student] [studied] [hard]. Example 5: [The river] [flows] [swiftly]. 41) Preposition + Gap: Some prepositions are followed by gaps, which are typically filled with nouns, phrases, or clauses. Rule: [Preposition] [Gap]. Example 1: I did it [with confidence]. Example 2: She went [for a walk]. Example 3: He succeeded [by working hard]. Example 4: They celebrated [with enthusiasm]. Example 5: I communicated [for clarity]. 42) "The" + Noun: When "the" is followed by a noun, the noun typically follows. Rule: [The] [Noun]. Example 1: [The possibility] [of success] is sure. Example 2: [The answer] [to the question] is unknown. Example 3: [The quality] [of the product] is excellent. Example 4: [The key] [to the door] is lost. Example 5: [The result] [of the experiment] is positive. 43) Verb + Adjective: After certain verbs like "feel," "become," "get," "look," the gap is typically filled with an adjective. Rule: [Verb] [Adjective]. Example 1: The people look [happy]. Example 2: She feels [nervous] about the exam. Example 3: He became [angry] after the argument. Example 4: They got [excited] about the news. Example 5: I look [forward] to meeting you. 44) Have/Has/Had + Object + Verb Past Participle: After "have," "has," or "had" followed by an object and a gap, the gap is typically filled with a past participle. Rule: [Have/Has/Had] [Object] [Gap]. Example 1: I got the work [done] by him. Example 2: She had the dress [washed] yesterday. Example 3: They have their car [repaired] regularly. Example 4: He had his house [painted] last week. Example 5: We will have the document [signed] tomorrow. 45) Double Prepositions: When two prepositions are present in a sentence, the gap is typically filled with a noun. Rule: [In] [Gap] [Of] [Noun]. Example 1: I have done it [in favor] [of my friend]. Example 2: She is [in charge] [of the project]. Example 3: He is [in search] [of his keys]. Example 4: We are [in need] [of assistance]. Example 5: They are [in favor] [of the proposal]. 46) Kept/Started + Verb-ing: After "kept" or "started," the gap is typically filled with a verb in the "-ing" form. Rule: [Kept/Started] [Verb-ing]. Example 1: He kept [writing]. Example 2: She started [running]. Example 3: They kept [talking]. Example 4: We started [dancing]. Example 5: I kept [reading]. 47) Subject + Verb-ing + Object: In sentences where the subject is followed by a verb in the "-ing" form and an object, the gap is typically filled with an adverb. Rule: [Subject] [Verb-ing] [Object] [Gap] [Adverb]. Example 1: He came [running] [hurriedly]. Example 2: She went [cycling] [quickly]. Example 3: They played [music] [loudly]. Example 4: We laughed [heartily] [together]. Example 5: I walked [home] [slowly]. 48) Future Indefinite Tense with Time References: When time references like "tomorrow," "the next day," or "later" are present, the future indefinite tense is used. Rule: [Time Reference] [Verb] [Future Indefinite Tense]. Example 1: [The next day] [will be] [a holiday]. Example 2: [Tomorrow] [they will] [arrive]. Example 3: [Later] [she will] [call]. Example 4: [Next week] [we will] [meet]. Example 5: [In the evening] [he will] [visit]. 49) Gerund as Subject or Object: A gerund (verb + -ing) can function as both the subject and object of a sentence. Rule: [Gerund] [is] [a good exercise]. Example 1: [Swimming] [is] [a good exercise]. Example 2: [Dancing] [makes] [her happy]. Example 3: [Running] [is] [healthy]. Example 4: [Singing] [brings] [joy]. Example 5: [Cooking] [takes] [time]. 50) Adjective Before Noun Affecting Verb Agreement: When an adjective precedes a noun, and it affects the subject-verb agreement, the verb may become plural. Rule: [Adjective] [Noun] [Verb] [Plural]. Example 1: [The pious] [are] [happy]. Example 2: [The dedicated] [work] [hard]. Example 3: [The curious] [ask] [questions]. Example 4: [The brave] [defend] [their country]. Example 5: [The ambitious] [pursue] [their goals].

Transformation of Senteces for SSC and Hsc Examination INVERSION ¨ Using the negative adverbs: Not only Never Not until Seldom Not once Rarely At no time Scarcely By no means No sooner Nowhere If these adverbs are used at the beginning of the sentence auxiliary verb comes before the subject of that sentence. Negative Auxiliary Subject Verb Ext. Never have we traveled so long way Examples: Not once was he on time. Seldom have I heard such beautiful music. Not only did the company lose profits, but it also had to lay off workers. MORE EXAMPLES: INCORRECT: Very seldom a movie can hold my attention like this one. CORRECT: Very seldom can a movie hold my attention like this one. INCORRECT: Not one paper she has finished on time. CORRECT: Not one paper has she finished on time. INCORRECT: Not once Monju and Rony have invited us to their house. CORRECT: Not once have Monju and Rony invited us to-their house. INCORRECT: Only rarely an accident has occurred. CORRECT: Only rarely has an accident occurred. INCORRECT: Never again an accident may occur. CORRECT: Never again may an accident occur. EXERCISES: Part A-1:Not until the Triassic Period – the first primitive mammals did develop. did the first primitive mammals develop. did develop the first primitive mammals. the first primitive mammals develop. Any of them can be used. Part A-2: Never again they will come to my house. the come early in the morning. will they come with a dog. she will go there rapidly. every body tell a lie. Part A-3: Not until they will come. I have done it I tell them to come she offers a banquet have I done the job their father allow them Part A-4: Not until the seventeenth century – to measure the speed of light. did anyone even attempt anyone did even attempt did anyone attempt even did even attempt anyone Inversions are used when the mentioned expressions beginning with only occur at the beginning of a sentence the subject and verb in that clause are inversed. Examples: Only in an emergency should you use this exit. Only recently did she return from abroad Only by asking questions can you learn. A. Only if B. Only when C. Only because D. Only after E. Only until In the cases of mentioned expressions auxiliary verb of the 2nd clause comes before the subject of that clause. Examples: Only if you have a serious problem should you call Mr. Franklin at home. Only when you are satisfied is the sale considered final. If expressions like so+ adj or so+ participle are used at the beginning of the sentence inversion also occurs, Examples: So rare is this coin that it belongs in a museum. So confusing was the map that we had to ask a police officer for directions. However, in the cases of adverbs of place or adverbs of order, auxiliary as well as the main verb come before the subject. Examples: In front of the museum is a statue. Off the coast of California lie the Channel Islands. First came a police car, then came an ambulance. Sample Item: 1. Most southern states had set up primary schools systems by the late eighteenth century, but only in New England – and open to all students. primary schools were free were primary schools free free were primary schools were free primary schools. 2. Across the Chesapeake Bay from the rest of the state –, whose farms produce beans, tomatoes, and other garden vegetables. there lies Maryland's Eastern Shore lies Maryland's Eastern Shore Maryland's Eastern Shore lies there Maryland's Eastern Shore lies.

Rules Basic Advanced Worksheets Beginner (1) Elementary (2) (PECE) Pre-intermediate (3) (JSC) Intermediate (4) (SSC) Upper-intermediate (5( (HSC) Advanced (6)(University) Helvetica Light is an easy-to-read font, with tall and narrow letters, that works well on almost every site.

CHATTOGRAM BOARD ― 2017 ENGLISH (COMPULSORY) FIRST PAPER Read the passage and answer the questions A and B. The term ‘diaspora' is used to refer to people who have left their home lands and settled in other parts of the world, either because they were forced to do so or because they wanted to leave on their own. The word is increasingly used for such people as a collective group and/or a community. The world has seen many diasporas but scholars have been studying the phenomenon with great interest only In recent decades. Among the great diasporas of history is that of the Jewish people, who were forced to leave their lands in ancient times. The movement of Aryans from Central Europe to the Indian nub- continent thousands of years ago is also a noteworthy diaspora, although the causes of this diaspora are unclear. In twentieth century history, the Palestinian diaspora has attracted a lot of attention and been a cause of concern for world leaders because of the plight of Palestinians. There have been massive diasporas in Africa, too, over the centuries, either because of war or because of the ravages of nature. But the chief reason why the phenomenon of diaspora is attracting so much attention now is globalization. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives. 1 x 5 = 5 (a) The word 'decade' refers to –––– (i) thirty years (ii) fifty years (iii) ten years (iv) five years (b) What does diaspora mean? (i) People who live in their own country. (ii) People who go abroad. (iii) People who work in other countries. (iv) People who leave their own countries and settle In other, parts of the world. (c) The synonym of 'noteworthy is —-—. (i) insignificant (ii) noticeable (iii) invaluable (iv) appropriate (d) The Aryans came to the Indian sub-continent from-------. (i) America (ii) Africa (iii) Central Europe (iv) Europe (e) In Africa, there have been----. (i) massive diasporas (ii) a little diasporas (iii) no diasporas (iv) very little diasporas Answer: 1. A. Multiple choice (a) → (iii) ten years; (b)→ (iv) People who leave their own countries and settle in other parts of the world; (c)→ (ii) noticeable; (d)→ (iii) Central Europe; (e)→ (i) massive diasporas. B. Answer the following questions. (a) Why do people leave their own countries? (b) Do you think that there have been massive diasporas In Africa? (c) Why is diaspora attracting so much attention? (d) How do the twentieth century Palestinian diasporas draw the attention of the world leaders? (e) Why have the scholars been studying about the diasporas with great interest? Answer: B. Open-ended (i) people leave their own countries and settle in other parts of the world because they are often forced to leave their homeland or they prefer to do so of their own accord. (ii) Yes, I think that there have been massive diasporas in Africa over the centuries due to war or ravages of nature. (iii) The questions of diaspora now is attracting so much attention mainly because of the advantages of globalization. (iv) The Palestinian diasporas in the twentieth century have been able to draw a lot of attention of the world leaders because of the untold sufferings of the Palestinians. (v) The issue of diasporas is an old one. Scholars have been studying about the diasporas with great interest to identify the reasons of the increasing diasporas and to put forward their recommendations with a view to putting an end to this ever-increasing problem. DINAJPUR BOARD ― 2017 ENGLISH (COMPULSORY) FIRST PAPER 1. Read the following text and answer the questions A and B. Adolescents constitute a nation's core resource for national renewal and growth. Adolescence is a period in life when transition from childhood to adulthood takes place and behaviours and lifestyles are shaped. According to the World Health Organization (WHO), adolescence is the period which shapes the future of million adolescents in Bangladesh; 13.7 million of them are girls and 14.3 millions boys. The situation of adolescent girls in Bangladesh is characterised by inequality and subordination within the family and society. This inequality leads to widespread practice of child marriage, marginalisation or exclusion from health, education and economic opportunities, and vulnerability to violence and sexual abuse. In Bangladesh, the legal age of marriage is 18 for girls and 21 for boys. However, 33 percent of adolescent girls are married before the age of 15 and 60 percent become mothers by the age of 19. Research finds that adolescents with higher level of education and from more affluent families tend to marry at a later age. Boys, however, become ready for marriage only after several years of adolescence and young adulthood. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives. 1x5=5 (a) What could be the closest meaning for the word "constitute" in the first sentence? (i) take (ii) form (iii) add (iv) make (b) The phrase "take place" in the second sentence stands for — (i) occur (ii) recur (Hi) go to a place (iv) all of them (c) Adolescence is a-----period from childhood to adulthood. (i) transition (ii) transitory (iii) transitional (iv) transient (d) The synonym of 'affluent' is----. (i) destitute (ii) poor (iii) poverty (iv) well off (e) The word "economic" can be replaced by-------. (i) economy (ii) economical (iii) monetary (iv) finance Answer: 1. A. Multiple choice (a) ––– (ii) form: (b) ––– (i) occur (c) ––– (iii) transitional (d) ––– (iv) well oft (e)––– (iii) monetary. B. Answer the following questions. 2X5=10 (a) How will you define adolescence? (b) Why is adolescence important? (c) What do the adolescent girls in Bangladesh usually face? (d) What are the effects of female inequality in Bangladesh? (e) How do wealth and education Influence a girl's marriage? Answer B. Open-ended (a) Adolescence is a period in life when transition from childhood to adulthood takes place and behaviours and lifestyles are shaped. (b) Adolescence is important because this period shapes the future of girls' or boys' future lives. (c) The adolescent girls in Bangladesh usually face inequality and subordination within the family and society. (d) The effects of female inequality in Bangladesh are widespread practice of child marriage, marginalization or exclusion from health, education and economic opportunities and vulnerability to violence and sexual abuse, etc. (e) A girl with higher level of education and from a more affluent family tends to marry at a later age. Thus wealth and education influence a girl's marriage. RAJSHAHI BOARD ― 2017 ENGLISH (COMPULSORY) FIRST PAPER Part-I: Reading (60 Marks) 1. Read the passage and answer the questions A and B. Kuakata, locally known as Sagar Kannya (Daughter of the Sea) is a rare scenic spot located on the southernmost tip of Bangladesh. It is 70 km from Patuakhali district headquarters and 320 km from Dhaka. An excellent combination of the picturesque natural beauty, sandy beaches, blue sky and the shimmering expanse of water of the bay of Bengal and the evergreen forest makes Kuakata a much sought after tourist destination. The name Kuakata takes its origin from the story of a ‘Kua’ ― or well- dug on the seashore by the early Rakhaine settlers for collecting drinking water. The Rakhaines had landed on Kuakata coast after being expelled from Arakan by the Mughals. Kuakata is a unique spot which allow a visitors to watch both the sunrise and the sunset from the beach. That perhaps makes Kuakata one of the world’s most attractive beaches. Kuakata is truly a virgin beach and a sanctuary for migratory winter birds. Fishing boats plying on the Bay of Bengal with colourful sails, surfing waves and the lines of coconut trees add to the vibrant colours of Kuakata. The indigenous culture of the Rakhaine community and hundred years old Buddhist temples indicate the age-old tradition and cultural heritage of this area. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives. (a) Scenic spot refers to ――. (i) a place havin multiple scenes (ii) a place having a calm atmosphere (ii) a place of unparalleled natural beauty (iv) a place having untidy spots (b) The word ‘shimmering’ in the text could be best replaced by ――. (i) shivering (ii) shining (iii) significant (iv) glaring (c) The Rakhine originally came from ――. (i) Ratuakhali district (ii) Latachapali union (iii) Kuakata coast (iv) Arakan district (d) The best synonym of ‘vibrant’ is ――. (i) thrilling (ii) colourful (iii) gorgeous (iv) brilliant (e) Kuakata is truly a virgin beach and sanctuary for migratory winter birds ―― what does it imply? (i) Kuakata is a beach in its original pure condition and a rare abode for guest birds. (ii) Kuakata is a place of rare beauty and world’s longest beach. (ii) Kuakata is untouched by human habitation. (iv) Kuakata is a natural habitat. Answer: 1. A a― (iii) a place of unparalleled natural beauty; b― (ii) shining c― (iv) Arakan district d― (iv) brilliant e― (i) Kuakata is a beach in its original pure condition and a rare abode for guest birds B. Answer the following questions. 2 × 5 = 10 (a) What does the expression ‘a much south after tourist destination’ mean? (b) Where does the name Kuakata come from? (c) What makes Kuakata an attractive tourist spot? (d) Why would one visit Kuakata? (e) ‘Kuakata’ upholds an ancient tradition, how? Answer: B. Open-ended (a) The expression ‘a much south after tourist destination’ means a very attractive tourist spot which the tourists of home and abroad greatly desire to visit. (b) The name ‘Kuakata’ comes from the story of ‘Kua’ or well- dug on the seashore by the early Rakhine settlers for collecting drinking water. (c) Kuakata has a genuine scenic beauty that attracts tourists. An excellent combination of the picuresque natural beauty, sandy beaches, blue sky and the shimmering expanse of water of the Bay-of Bengal and the evergreen forest makes Kuakata a much south after tourist destination. (d) One would visit Kuakata, one of the most beautiful beaches of the world, to enjoy its scenic natural beauty, sandy and foamy beaches, blue sky, evergreen forest, shimmering and the surfing waves, migratory birds, the unending line of coconut trees, etc. (e) Kuakata rightly upholds an ancient tradition and cultural heritage of this area being in possession of the native culture of the Rakhine community and hundred-year old Buddhist temples. Dhaka Board – 2017 English First Paper [N. B. ––The figures in the right margin indicate full marks. Answer all the questions.] Part I 1. Read the passage and answer the questions A and B :–– One of the sources of water in our country are the rivers. Rivers are everywhere in our life, literature, economy, and culture. But are the rivers in good shape? Unfortunately, they are not. A fer are already dead and several are going through the pangs of death. The river Buriganga is an example of a dying river. A report published in the Daily Sun describes what has happened to the river Buriganga and why. Its water is polluted and a perpetual strench fills the air around it. But that is not what it was like before. The report says that the river has a glorious past. Once it was a tributary of the mighty Ganges and flowed into the Bay of Bengal through the river Dhaleswari. Gradually, it lost its link with the Ganges and got the name Buriganga. The Mughals marveled at the tide level of the Buriganga and founded their capital Jahangirnagar on its banks in 1610. The river supplied drinking water and supported trade and commerce. Jahangirnagar was renamed Dhaka which grew into a heavily populated city with a chronic shortage of space. The city paid back the bounty of the river by sucking life out of it! According to newspaper report, the Buriganga is dying because of pollution. Huge quantities of toxic chemicals and wastes from mills and factories, hospitals and clinics and households and other establishments are dumped into the river everyday. The city of Dhaka discharges about 4500 tons of solid waste everyday and most of it is directly released into the Buriganga. According to the department of the Environment (DoE) 20,000 tons of tannery waste, including some highly toxic materials are released into the river everyday. Experts identified nine industrial areas in and around the capital city as the primary sources of river pollution: Tongi, Tejgaon, Hazaribagh, Tarabo, Narayanganj, Savar, Gazipur, Dhaka Export Processing Zone and Ghorashal. A. Choose the correct answer from the alternatives:– 1x5=5 (a) The word ‘tributary’ refers to ––––– (i) fountain (ii) territory (iii) stream (iv) kingdom (b) The Buriganga water fills the air with –––––– (i) aroma (ii) fragrance (iii) stink (iv) scent (c) ––––––– founded their capital on the bank of the Buriganga. (i) The British (ii) The Mughals (iii) The Indians (iv) The Bangladeshi (d) Which of the following statement is false? (i) Buriganga is a river (ii) Our rivers are not in good shape (iii) Jahangirnagar was once called Dhaka (iv) Water is being contaminated (e) The best synonym of ‘toxic’ is–––––––– (i) Poisonous (ii) Hygienic (iii) Healthy (iv) Useful B. Answer the following questions :–– 2x5=10 (a) What do you think is the condition of the rivers of our country? (b) What is the commercial value of the river Buriganga? (c) Why is the Buriganga described as an example of a dying river? Give reasons for your answer. (d) How is the Buriganga polluted? (e) What did the Mughals marvel at? What was the outcome of it?

Rules Basic Advanced Worksheets Beginner (1) Elementary (2) (PECE) Pre-intermediate (3) (JSC) Intermediate (4) (SSC) Upper-intermediate (5( (HSC) Advanced (6)(University)

"Discover our Islam page for insightful articles, educational resources, and guidance on Islamic teachings, practices, and values."Try to get the peace of my mind by following the teaching of Islam. Free Quran Download Translation of Quran in Bangla Language PDF - Free Download Arabic-Bangla-English http://www.quran.gov.bd/quran/pdf/abe/fabe.pdf Arabic-Bangla http://www.quran.gov.bd/quran/pdf/ab/fab.pdf Arabic-English http://www.quran.gov.bd/quran/pdf/ae/fae.pdf

Vocabulary for IELTS Rules Basic Advanced Worksheets Beginner (1) Elementary (2) (PECE) Pre-intermediate (3) (JSC) Intermediate (4) (SSC) Upper-intermediate (5( (HSC) Advanced (6)(University) Rules for Solving Cloze Test (With/Without Clues) Communicative System - Cloze Test with Clues Cloze test with clues: In this type of cloze test, you will be given a passage with 10 gaps. The passage will contain clues, and in each gap, there will be a box containing 14 words to choose from. You need to select the appropriate word from the box (based on tense, number, and person) to fill in the blank. Additional Examples: The professor is giving a lecture, and he has provided some hints to help you understand the topic. The article provides suggestions on how to improve your writing skills. She left some clues to help us solve the mystery. The manual includes tips for troubleshooting common problems. The book offers pointers for effective time management. The teacher gave us some guidelines for the project. Cloze Test without Clues: Cloze test without clues: In this type of cloze test, you will be given a passage with 10 gaps, but there will be no clues provided. You need to fill in the blanks with the appropriate words based on your understanding of grammar, tense, and vocabulary. Additional Examples: The candidate was asked to complete a challenging cloze test as part of the job interview. The cloze test in the exam was quite difficult, and many students found it challenging. She struggled to complete the cloze test without any assistance. The cloze test is designed to assess your comprehension of the text. He found the cloze test to be a good indicator of his language skills. The cloze test helped identify areas where she needed to improve her vocabulary. Rules of using Verb Rule 1: Insert the appropriate adverb or adverb phrase into the blank to complete the sentence correctly. Examples: Some people are (currently) working in the field. She sings (very beautifully). They played the game (quite well). Rule 2: Fill in the blank with the correct present tense form of the verb. Examples: He (guides) the students properly. She (teaches) English to the children. They (study) hard for their exams. Rule 3: Convert the verb to its present form or base form. Examples: Help the poor. He often (eat) fruits. She (write) poems in her free time. Rule 4: Adjust the verb tense according to the adverb or noun phrase provided. Examples: A balanced applicant always (qualifies) for the post. The dedicated students consistently (achieve) high scores. He (runs) marathons regularly. Rule 5: Change the verb into its passive form and modify the sentence as needed. Examples: The poor countries are (exploited) by the advanced countries. International meetings are (held) in English. The report will be (submitted) by tomorrow. Rule 6: Transform the verb into its passive form and add "to" before the verb that follows. Examples: They aren't (permitted) to go out of home. Visitors are not (allowed) to take photographs inside the museum. Students are (encouraged) to ask questions during the lecture. Rules of using Adverb Rule 1: Insert the appropriate adverb into the blank to modify the sentence correctly. Examples: Gradually Shakhina changed her lot. She silently observed the situation. He always speaks the truth. Rule 2: Add the adverb that matches the adjective provided in the blank. Examples: She speaks (frankly). He behaves (kindly) towards animals. The team played (exceptionally) well. Rule 3: Include the adverb in the blank to modify the auxiliary verb or principal verb correctly. Examples: He has (always) been my best friend. They have (never) visited that place. She will (probably) join us later. Rule 4: Insert the adverb that appropriately modifies the adjective provided. Examples: He is (completely) gentle. She looks (extremely) happy. The meal was (deliciously) prepared. Rule 5: Fill in the blank with the adverb that complements the adjective. Examples: She is (very) active girl. He is (quite) intelligent. The painting is (incredibly) beautiful. Rule 6: Add the adverb that correctly modifies the entire prepositional phrase. Examples: She talks (loudly) in any matter. They walked (slowly) down the narrow path. The music played (softly) in the background. Rules of using Adjective Rule 1: Complete the sentence with the appropriate adjective that complements the noun. Examples: He is doing (complicated) works. She enjoys (simple) pleasures. They faced (challenging) situations. Rule 2: Fill in the blank with the adjective that properly modifies the subject mentioned in the sentence. Examples: The students (good) in Maths can get better marks. He is (interested) in art. She is (proficient) in programming. Rule 3: Add the adjective that matches the noun provided and maintain the proper article (if applicable). Examples: An (honest) man can never tell a lie. Qualified candidates become successful. The (skilled) workers completed the project. Rule 4: Insert the appropriate adjective to describe the subject linked by the "Be" verb. Examples: She is (expert) in any handicrafts. He seems (confident) in his abilities. They are (knowledgeable) about the topic. Rule 5: Complete the sentence by adding the adverb that complements the adjective. Examples: This man is very (strong) now. She danced (gracefully) on stage. He works (efficiently) under pressure. Rule 6: Add the adjective that fits the sentence. Examples: He is (honest). She seems (happy). They appear (anxious). Rule 7: Complete the sentence with the appropriate words to make it grammatically correct. Examples: Some people dream of a good future. Many students struggle with mathematics. Several candidates applied for the job. Tense, Sentence, and Grammar Rules: Rule 1: In the present indefinite tense, if the subject is the third person and singular, the verb takes the form of the base verb plus "s" or "es." Example: Mili plays chess. Additional Examples: He reads books. She listens to music. The cat sleeps on the couch. John works in the office. It rains heavily in the monsoon. The sun sets in the evening. Rule 2: When expressing universal truths or habitual facts, use the present indefinite tense. Example: The earth moves round the sun. Additional Examples: Water boils at 100 degrees Celsius. The sun rises in the east. Plants need sunlight to grow. Fish swim in water. The moon shines at night. Birds fly in the sky. Rule 3: Use the present indefinite tense when describing actions that generally, normally, or always happen. Example: Sabiha learns her lessons regularly. Additional Examples: He often visits his grandmother. They always arrive on time. The clock ticks loudly. She daily practices the piano. We sometimes go for a walk. The dog barks at strangers. Rule 4: When forming negative or interrogative sentences in the present tense, use the auxiliary verb "do" (do, does, did) along with the base form of the main verb. Example: Sumita does not go to school. Additional Examples: He doesn't like spicy food. Did they complete their homework? She does her exercises every morning. Why do you always complain? The cat doesn't drink milk. Did you see that movie last night? Rule 5: When forming questions using WH-words (what, when, where, who, which, whose, why, how), use the auxiliary verb "do" (do, does, did) along with the base form of the main verb. Example: Why does Samira look so gloomy? Additional Examples: Where do they live? Who did you meet at the party? How does he always find his way home? What do you want for dinner? When did the event take place? Why does she always wear a hat? Rule 6: In sentences describing actions happening at the moment or in the present, use the present continuous tense, which consists of the base verb with "-ing" added to it. Example: Now the students are singing the national anthem. Additional Examples: They are watching a movie right now. The children are playing in the park. She is reading a book at the moment. The chef is preparing a delicious meal. We are waiting for the bus. The birds are chirping in the trees. Rule 7: In sentences where the subject has "have" or "has" as the auxiliary verb, use the past participle form of the main verb to create the present perfect tense. Example: They have gone to Dhaka. Additional Examples: She has finished her work. We have visited that museum before. Have you seen this movie? He has eaten breakfast already. They have won several awards. I have never been to Paris. Rule 8: Use the present perfect tense when describing actions that occurred just, just now, already, recently, lately, ever, or yet. Example: Rabeya has taken her dinner just now. Additional Examples: I have already finished my homework. She has recently visited her grandparents. Have you ever traveled to Europe? They have just arrived at the airport. He has yet to receive the report. We have recently redecorated our living room. Rule 9: Use the past indefinite tense when expressing actions that happened in the past and are associated with a specific time or event. Example: My father came home yesterday. Additional Examples: She visited the museum last week. They completed the project last month. He traveled to London two years ago. We watched a movie yesterday evening. She bought a new car last year. They graduated from college in 2010. Rule 10: Use the past indefinite tense when expressing actions that occurred since a specific time or event in the past. Example: Many years have passed since I visited India. Additional Examples: It's been a long time since I met her. She hasn't called me since last Friday. He hasn't eaten since breakfast. It's been ages since I saw that movie. It's been years since I visited my hometown. I haven't heard from him since our last meeting. Rule 11: Use the past perfect tense when describing actions that happened before a specific time or event in the past. Example: It was twenty years since the author first met his lady guest. Additional Examples: She had already left when I arrived. By the time they reached the station, the train had left. He had finished his homework before going out. I had never seen such a beautiful sunset before. They had already eaten dinner when we arrived. She had received the letter before leaving for vacation. Rule 12: Use the past perfect tense with "No sooner... than," "Scarcely... when," or "Hardly... when" to indicate that one action happened immediately after another action in the past. Example: No sooner had the rain stopped than they left the shelter. Additional Examples: Scarcely had he reached the stadium when it rained. Hardly had he arrived when the meeting started. No sooner had she finished her speech than they applauded. Scarcely had they started the game when it began to rain. Hardly had I left the house when I realized I forgot my keys. No sooner had the sun set than the stars appeared in the sky. Rule 13: Use the past perfect tense after "after" and "before" to indicate the sequence of two past actions. Example: The doctor had come before the patient died. Additional Examples: They had already eaten before I arrived. He had completed the project after she had left. She had gone to bed before her parents came home. They had met each other after they had moved to the city. The train had left before they reached the station. She had finished her work after he had gone to lunch. Rule 14: Use the past perfect tense when one action in the past had already occurred before another action in the past. Example: The doctor had come before the patient died. Additional Examples: She had already left before I arrived at the party. They had finished their meal before the waiter brought the bill. He had taken a shower before going to bed. I had already paid the bills before the electricity was restored. She had prepared breakfast before her family woke up. They had completed the project before the deadline. Rule 15: Use the present participle (verb + -ing) form of the verb or the bare infinitive (base form) after certain verbs in a sentence. Example: I saw him going. Additional Examples: He heard her singing in the garden. She noticed him walking down the street. They felt the rain falling on their faces. I watched them playing soccer in the park. She observed him reading a book in the library. We saw the plane flying overhead. Rule 16: Use "had rather," "had sooner," "had better," "would rather," "would better," "must," "let," and "need" followed by the base form of the verb (bare infinitive). Example: I had better go home by this time. Rule 17: Use "Would that" followed by a subject and the present form of the verb when expressing a wish or desire. Example: Would that I could go to America. Rule 18: Use "to be" or "having" followed by the past participle of the verb. Example: The Headmaster wants the boy to be expelled. Rule 19: Use verbs like "wish," "fancy," "it is time," and "it is high time" followed by the past tense of the verb. Examples: I wish I won the prize. I fancy I flew among the stars. It is time that the government took measures against the mosquito menace. Rule 20: Use certain verbs and phrases like "cannot help," "could not help," "with a view to," "look forward to," "would you mind," "used to," "past," "mind," and "worth" followed by the verb in its -ing form. Examples: I go to the market with a view to seeing people. I am looking forward to standing first in the class. Rule 21: Use "each," "every," "one of," "either," and "neither" followed by a singular form of the verb. Examples: Every mother loves her child. One of the students is very brilliant. Rule 22: Use "as if" or "as though" followed by "were" when describing a situation that is contrary to reality. Example: He speaks as if he were the owner of the firm. Rule 23: Modal auxiliary verbs like "can," "could," "may," "might," "shall," "should," "will," and "would" are followed by the base form of the verb. Example: He can do the sum. Rule 24: In indirect speech, the reporting verb in the past tense is followed by the past tense of the verb in the reported speech. Example: He said that he went to Dhaka yesterday. Rule 25: When forming the passive voice, use the appropriate form of the auxiliary verb "to be" (am, is, are, was, were, shall be, will be) followed by the past participle of the verb. Example: The boy is sent to school. Rule 26: Use the structure "If + Subject + were" in the if-clause and "might/would/could + verb" in the principal clause when expressing a hypothetical situation. Example: If I were a bird, I would fly to you soon. Rule 27: Use the structure "If + Present Indefinite Tense" in the if-clause and "will + base form of the verb" in the principal clause to express a future consequence. Example: If you walk slowly, you will miss the train. Rule 28: Use the if-clause with "If + Past Indefinite Tense" and "could, would, might" in the principal clause when expressing a past possibility. Example: If she requested, I would go. Rule 29: Use the if-clause with "If + Past Perfect Tense" and "would have/could have/might have" in the principal clause to express a past hypothetical situation. Example: If the thief had seen the policeman, he would have run away. Rule 30: Use the perfect conditional structure "Had + Subject + Past Participle" in the if-clause and "would have/could have/might have + past participle" in the principal clause to express a past unreal condition. Example: Had I the wings of a dove, how soon I would have met you again. Rule 31: Use "since" and "for" followed by a specific time duration to form sentences in the Present Perfect Continuous Tense. Example: It has been raining for two hours. Rule 32: Use plural verbs after adjectives that start with "The." Example: The rich are not always happy. Rule 33: Use the Future Indefinite Tense after time expressions like "tomorrow," "next day," "latter," etc. Example: The next day will be a holiday. Rule 34: Use the past participle form of the verb after verbs like "have," "get," "want," etc., when followed by an objective (noun/pronoun). Example: I get my hair dressed. Rule 35: In a compound sentence, use the past tense in both clauses. Example: He came and visited me. Rule 36: In a complex sentence, use the past tense in both the main and subordinate clauses. Example: I knew it was expensive. Rule 37: Use a plural verb when the subject of a sentence with "there" is plural. Example: There are ten boys. Rule 38: Use a singular verb when a collective noun (like "twenty miles") refers to a single unit. Example: Twenty miles is not a long distance. Rule 39: "Beside" means "at the side of" or "next to," while "besides" means "as well as" or "in addition to." Examples: There is a tree beside the river. He has none to help him besides you. Rule 40: Use "between" when referring to two items or people and "among" when referring to more than two items or people. Examples: He divided his money between his wife and his daughter. Divide the mangoes among the boys. Rule 41: Use "since" with a point of time (e.g., since Sunday) and "for" with a period of time (e.g., for a week). When using "since," the tense in the main clause should match with "since," and when using "for," use the past tense. Examples: It has been raining since Sunday last. He begins English from today. I have not seen him for a week. Rule 42: Use plural verbs after subjects connected by "and." If the subject consists of "and" followed by a singular noun, use "no" or "not" to make the subject negative, and use a singular verb. Examples: Rahim and Karim are two brothers. Only girls and no boy are guilty. Rule 43: Use singular verbs when the subject consists of a singular noun followed by "and" and another singular noun. Examples: The Chairman and Headmaster of the school is coming. Bread and butter is my favorite food. Rule 44: Indefinite subjects such as "any one," "either," "neither," "anything," "each," "everyone," "everything," "no one," "nothing," "whatever," and "whoever" take singular verbs. When referring to "all," "any," or "some," use plural verbs. Examples: The first two problems are very difficult, but the rest are easy. Either of these buses goes past the university. Every pupil has a book. Each boy was wicked. Rule 45: Use singular verbs when the subject consists of "each" or "every" followed by "and" and another singular noun. Examples: Each boy and each girl was present in the prize-giving ceremony. Every man, woman, and child was affected by the recent flood. Rule 46: When the subject consists of a singular subject followed by "or," "nor," "either...or," or "neither...nor," use singular verbs. Examples: Rahim or Karim has been present in the meeting. Either Rahim or Karim was present in the meeting. Neither Rahim nor Karim is guilty. Rule 47: When the subject consists of a singular subject followed by "or," "nor," "either...or," or "neither...nor," and the subject contains both singular and plural elements, use a plural verb. Examples: Nice or her friends have insulted the gentleman. Neither Fahmida nor her colleagues were hurt. Rule 48: When the subject contains different persons (e.g., first person, second person) connected by "or," "nor," "either...or," or "neither...nor," use the verb form that matches the first person mentioned. Examples: Either he or I have done this. Neither you nor he is to blame. Either you or he or I shall go to the market. Rule 49: When subjects consist of a combination of the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd person (e.g., you, he, and I), use a plural verb form. The formula "231 (2nd 3rd 1st)" indicates the order of persons in the subject. In cases where the formula is "123 (1st 2nd 3rd)," use the verb in its plural form. Examples: You, he, and I are close friends. I, you, and he are guilty. Rule 50: When dealing with collective nouns, use singular verbs. However, when referring to groups within a collective noun, use plural verbs. Collective nouns refer to groups as a single entity, while plural verbs emphasize the individual members within the group. Examples: The jury consists of five persons. The jury were divided in their opinions. The committee has agreed to take a unanimous decision. The committee are divided in respect of details. Rule 51: Some nouns remain the same in both singular and plural forms, such as "deer," "sheep," "piece," "public," "dozen," "score," "thousand," etc. Examples: I have five deer (not deers). I have five thousand (not thousands) taka. Rule 52: Collective and group nouns can take both singular and plural verbs. If the emphasis is on the group acting as one entity, use a singular verb. If the focus is on the individual members within the group, use a plural verb. Examples: The police are watching the house. The cattle are grazing in the field. Rule 53: Some nouns like "wages," "news," "physics," "politics," "gallows," etc., always take singular verbs. Examples: Physics is my favorite subject. Ill-news runs apace. The wages of sin is true. Rule 54: When you have a subject that is a noun followed by "but" and then another noun, use a singular verb. However, if you have "more than one" followed by a singular noun, use a singular verb. If you have "more than two" or "more than three" followed by a plural noun, use a plural verb. Examples: More than one boy is guilty. More than five scholars have participated in the writing ceremony. Rule 55: When using phrases like "as well as," "with," and "together with," the verb should agree with the subject that comes before them, which is typically the singular noun. If the subject before these phrases is singular, the verb should also be singular. If the subject before these phrases is plural, the verb should be plural. Examples: The Chairman with all the members of his council was present in the meeting. Rahim, together with some of his bosom friends, has come here. Sapon, as well as Ripon, deserves praise. Rule 56: When using correlative conjunctions like "Not only... but also," the verb should agree with the subject that follows "not only." If that subject is singular, the verb should be singular; if it's plural, the verb should be plural. Examples: Not only Rahim but also his friends are watching the television. The objective is not only to identify the problem but also to solve it. Rule 57: When using relative pronouns, the verb should agree with the antecedent (the noun to which the relative pronoun refers) in terms of number and person. Examples: It is I who am to blame. You who are my friend should stand by me. This is the boy who is my friend. Rule 58: When using pronouns like "anybody," "everybody," "anyone," "everyone," and "each," they are considered singular and should take singular pronouns like "his" or "her." Examples: Anybody can do this if he likes. Everyone likes to have his way. Each of the boys will do his duty. One should do one's duty. Rule 59: When using comparative structures with "than" or "as," the case of the pronoun should match the case of the pronoun in the other part of the comparison, and the verb should agree accordingly. Examples: She is smaller than I (am). I like you better than he (likes you). Rule 60: When dealing with nouns preceded by "many a" or "many an," use a singular noun form, and the verb should also be in the singular form. When using "a great many," "a good many," or "too many," use the plural form of the noun and the verb in its plural form. Examples: Many a boy is dull of hearing. Many an orphan was begging from door to door. A great many boys were absent from the class. Too many cooks spoil the broth. Rule 61: Some nouns are always plural in form but may refer to a single object or concept. For these nouns, use a plural verb form. Examples: The shirts need (not needs) cleaning. Smallpox has (not have) broken out there. Your new glasses are (not is) very nice. Here are some examples of always plural nouns: Pair nouns: bellows, scissors, glasses, spectacles Articles of dress: trousers, drawers, breeches, shorts Names of diseases: mumps (but not smallpox, measles) Names of games: billiards Other nouns: ashes, alms, assets, annals, fetters, proceeds, aborigines, thanks, tidings, vegetables, belongings, goods, clothes, congratulations, earnings, particulars, premises, riches, surroundings, etc. Rule 62: Some nouns are always singular in form, even though they may refer to multiple objects or concepts. For these nouns, use a singular verb form. Examples: He gave me much abuse (not abuses) for no fault. My house is full of new furniture (not furniture’s). He gave me all the information (not information’s). Here are some examples of always singular in form nouns: abuse, alphabet, furniture, information, issue, offspring, poetry, scenery Rule 63: When using "before," "after," and "when" in sentences, "before" and "when" are used with past perfect tense, while "after" is used with simple past tense. Examples: The patient died after the doctor had come. The patient had died before the doctor came. I had done the job when the manager came. Rule 64: When using "hardly" and "scarcely," these words are followed by "had" and indicate that an event occurred immediately after another event. Examples: Hardly had we reached the station when the train left. Scarcely had we started when it began to rain. Rule 65: The definite article "the" is used before nation and race (RvwZ). Additionally, "the" is used with road, street, and avenue. However, "the" is not used with English (as a language). Examples: The English are intelligent and industrious. English is an international language. I have a fine piano. The shirt is bought from KDA Avenue. He was born on Larkana Road. Rule 66: "Across" and "through" have different meanings: "Across" typically suggests movement from one side to another, often implying a surface or boundary that is crossed. Example: He walked across (not through) the ice. "Through" suggests movement within or along a medium or space, often indicating penetration or passage from one end to another. Example: He drove through (not across) several towns. Rule 67: Adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs. Adjectives modify nouns or pronouns. Ensure proper use of adverbs and adjectives to maintain correct sentence structure. Examples: We will have to think quickly (not quick). I don’t remember him very well (not good). It is terribly (not terrible) cold today. The curry is very badly (not bad) cooked. They are playing unusually (not usual) fast. Rule 68: "Affect" is a verb that means to influence or produce a change in something, typically an action or feeling. "Effect" is a noun that refers to the result or outcome of an action. Examples: The war seriously affected petrol prices. The war had a serious effect on petrol prices. Rule 69: "Ago" is used to indicate a specific time in the past, counting back from the present. "Before" is used with past perfect tense to indicate a time before another past event. Examples: I met that woman in Dhaka three years ago (not before). When I was talking, I found out that I had been at school with her husband ten years before (not ago). Rule 70: "Along" is used as a preposition to describe movement alongside something, such as a road, river, corridor, or line. "Through" indicates movement within or penetration through something. Examples: I saw her running along the road (not through). This train goes straight through (not along) Dhaka. Rule 71: "Appear" and "seem" are used to describe subjective impressions or feelings about something. Use "appear" or "seem" based on whether the speaker is describing an objective fact or their own perception or feeling. Examples: The baby seems/appears hungry. She does not want to go on with studying: It seems (not appear) a pity. Rule 72: Use "at," "in," and "on" to indicate different time expressions: "At" is used for specific clock times: I usually get up at six o'clock. "At" is also used for weekends: What did you do at the weekend? "In" is used for parts of the day: I work best in the morning. "In" is used for longer periods: I was born in March in 1990. "On" is used for specific days: I will ring you on Tuesday. "On" is used for public holidays: Come and see on Friday. "At" is used for specifying exact times within the hour: I was born in 1971 in January on Sunday at 2:00. Rule 73: Use "at," "in," and "on" with places: "In" is used for countries, states, provinces, cities, and rooms: We live in the United States in North Carolina in Jacksonville on the east coast on New River at 2600 River Road. "On" is used for streets, addresses, coasts, buildings, rivers, parks, ships, cars, trains, boats, and places: We live on River Road. Rule 74: "Due to" and "owing to" are used interchangeably to mean "because of" or "caused by." Use them when followed by a verb "to be." Examples: Due to/owing to the bad weather, the match was canceled. His success was due to (not owing to) his mother. Rule 75: "Lay" is a regular verb used to mean putting something down carefully or flat. Its forms are "lay," "laid," "lain." Examples: I laid the papers on the table. "Lie" is an irregular verb used to mean saying things that are not true. Its forms are "lie," "lied," "lied." Examples: You lied to me when you said you loved me. Rule 76: "Like" is a preposition used with nouns or pronouns. "As" is a conjunction used to introduce clauses. Examples: You look like (not as) your sister. Nobody knows her as (not like) I do. Rule 77: "Neither...nor" is used to express a negative idea. Both parts should agree in number with a singular verb when applicable. Examples: I neither smoke nor drink. The film was neither well made nor well acted. Rule 78: "Either...or" is used for making a choice between two options. Examples: You can either have tea or coffee. I don’t speak either French or German. Either you will leave this house, or I will call the police. Rule 79: "Both...and" is used for parallel structures. Ensure balance in parallel structures. Examples: She's both pretty and clever (adjectives). I spoke to both her director and her secretary (nouns). She both dances and sings (verbs). Rule 80: Some verbs and phrases have specific prepositions that should be used. Here are some examples: Don’t believe (not in) her. We had better discuss (not about) your fraud plan. When I entered (not into) the room, everybody stopped talking. Your brother lacks (not of) wit. She married (not with) her friend. The child does not resemble (not to) either of its parents. The train is now approaching (not to) London Paddington. Rule 81: Use "whether" or "if" for indirect yes/no questions. Both can be used, but "whether" is more formal. Examples: I am not sure whether/if I will have time. We discussed whether/if we should close the shop (after a verb). I have not settled the question of whether/if I will go back home (after a preposition). They cannot decide whether/if to get married now or wait (before "to" + infinitive). Rule 82: Use the present form of verbs with time expressions such as "everyday, always, never, every, something, often, regularly, usually, now and then." Examples: Rahim goes (not went / has gone) to school every day. He never tells (not tell) a lie. It very often rains (not rain) here in April. He regularly appears (not appear) on television. Rule 83: "Used to" is followed by the base form of a verb, while "be used to" is followed by a gerund form. Examples: She used to get up early. She was used to getting up early. Rule 84: Some verbs are followed by the infinitive "to." Examples include "agree, decide, need, intend, seem, tend, ask, refuse, promise." Examples: They didn’t plan to buy (not buying) a car. We demand to know (not knowing) our status. Rule 85: Use the "-ing" form of verbs with certain verbs like "admit, complete, deny, delay, enjoy, discuss, consider, avoid." Examples: She is considering not going (not to go). I miss watching (not to watch) the news when I am traveling. Rule 86: Some phrasal verbs are followed by the "-ing" form, including "approve of, don’t mind, look forward to, get through, keep on, insist on, forget about." Examples: I have been looking forward to meeting (not to meet) you. Rule 87: Use the future indefinite tense with time expressions such as "tomorrow, the next day, next week, in the future, in the long run, in the course of time, next year." Examples: He will come to his village next year. The boy will be a great poet in the course of time. Rule 88: When or while introducing a past continuous action, use past continuous for the action in progress and past simple for the interrupting action. Examples: I was reading a book when he came in. The boy fell down while he was running. Rule 89: "Each other" is used for two people, while "one another" is used for more than two. Examples: The two boys quarreled with each other. The three women quarreled with one another. Rule 90: "A number of," "a large number of," and "a lot of" take plural verbs. Examples: A number of boys have seen the principal. A lot of books have been damaged. Rule 91: Words like "half," "part," "rest of," "three-fourths," and "two-thirds" are followed by a singular noun when referring to one thing but a plural noun when referring to multiple things. Examples: Half of the egg is rotten. The rest of the book is dull. Half of the milk was spilled by the child. Three-fourths of the students have taken the examination. Rules of using Parts of Speech Rule 1: To form a noun from an adjective, replace the adjective in parentheses with the corresponding noun form. Examples: (Honest) is the best policy. → Honesty is the best policy. (walk) is good exercise. → Walking is a good exercise. Rule 2: Add an article or a preposition as needed before a noun to make the sentence grammatically correct. Examples: He has done –(duty) for him. → He has done a duty for him. Rule 3: Insert an adjective before a noun if it is required to provide context or make the sentence meaningful. Examples: They have bought a beautiful—(gift) for their friends. → They have bought a beautiful gift for their friends. Rule 4: Include an article, adjective, or preposition as necessary before a noun to complete the sentence. Examples: He believes in – (work) for the development of the country. → He believes in working for the development of the country. You cannot prosper in life without -- (work) hard. → You cannot prosper in life without working hard. The purpose of --- (read) history is different. → The purpose of reading history is different. Rule 5: Combine some common words (some, any, few, a few, little, many, more, much, only, every, each, no) with a noun as needed to convey the intended meaning. Examples: He has done many – (job). → He has done many jobs. Rule 6: Utilize an article followed by an adjective if the context requires it before a noun. Examples: A good--- (decide) is the pre-condition of success. → A good decision is the pre-condition of success. Rule 7: Add a verb or preposition as necessary to form a complete sentence with a noun. Examples: He has--- (believe) God always. → He has belief in God always. Or. He has believed God always. → He has believed in God always. Rule 8: Replace the verb in parentheses with the appropriate verb form or tense to make the sentence grammatically correct. Examples: She (go) to school every day. → She goes to school every day. They (study) for their exams all night. → They studied for their exams all night. Rule 9: Adjust the verb tense or form to match the subject and context of the sentence. Examples: He (run) faster than his friend. → He runs faster than his friend. She (read) the book yesterday. → She read the book yesterday. Rule 10: Ensure that the verb agrees in tense and form with the subject and the rest of the sentence. Examples: The cat (chase) the mouse. → The cat chases the mouse. The students (be) excited about the field trip. → The students are excited about the field trip. Rule 11: Change the verb form to match the intended meaning and tense of the sentence. Examples: I (have) a dog when I was a child. → I had a dog when I was a child. He (play) the piano very well. → He plays the piano very well. Rule 12: Correctly conjugate the verb based on the subject and tense required in the sentence. Examples: We (be) late for the meeting. → We are late for the meeting. She (sing) beautifully. → She sings beautifully. Rule 13: Adjust the verb tense to reflect the time frame and context of the sentence. Examples: He (eat) breakfast every morning. → He eats breakfast every morning. They (visit) the museum last weekend. → They visited the museum last weekend. Rule 14: Modify the verb form to match the subject and complete the sentence accurately. Examples: The team (win) the championship last year. → The team won the championship last year. She (dance) gracefully on the stage. → She dances gracefully on the stage. More Rules: 1) Article Usage: When an article precedes a gap, an adjective usually fills the gap. Rule: Article + Gap = Adjective Example 1: There lived a [wise] king in India. Example 2: She found an [old] book in the library. Example 3: I bought a [red] car yesterday. Example 4: He wants to be a [successful] actor. Example 5: We saw an [amazing] performance last night. 2) Article + Adjective + Noun: If an article and adjective precede a gap, the gap is usually filled with a past participle or present participle. Rule: Article + Adjective + Gap = Past Participle or Present Participle Example 1: I saw a nice [colored] sari at New market. Example 2: I have a beautiful [painted] picture hung on the wall. Example 3: He wore a [torn] shirt to the party. Example 4: She had an [exhausted] look on her face. Example 5: They found an [abandoned] house in the woods. 3) Preposition + Noun: When a preposition precedes a gap, and a noun follows the gap, the gap is typically filled with an "-ing" verb. Rule: Preposition + Gap + Noun = "-ing" Verb Example 1: I am interested in [listening] to music. Example 2: The children are fond of [eating] sweets. Example 3: She apologized for [interrupting] the conversation. Example 4: They are excited about [going] on vacation. Example 5: He is responsible for [maintaining] the garden. 4) Be Verb + Prepositional Phrase: After a "be" verb and a prepositional phrase, the gap is usually filled with an adjective. Rule: Be Verb + Prepositional Phrase + Gap = Adjective Example 1: Mr. Mofiz is [good] at English. Example 2: They are [afraid] of snakes. Example 3: She feels [comfortable] in her new home. Example 4: The room smells [fresh] after cleaning. Example 5: The cake tastes [delicious] with chocolate frosting. 5) Sensory Verbs: Certain verbs (look, seem, grow, taste, remain, sound, appear, turn, become, heap) are typically followed by adjectives. Rule: Sensory Verb + Gap = Adjective Example 1: The baby looks [nice]. Example 2: The soup tastes [delicious]. Example 3: The weather has turned [cold]. Example 4: Her singing sounds [beautiful]. Example 5: The situation seems [hopeless]. 6) Object-less Verbs: When a verb lacks an object and is followed by a gap, the gap can be filled with a noun, adjective, or adverb. Rule: Object-less Verb + Gap = Noun/Adjective/Adverb Example 1: We learn [English]. Example 2: He runs [fast]. Example 3: She learns [swimming]. Example 4: He reads [perfectly]. Example 5: They laugh [loudly]. 7) Be Verb + Adjective: After a "be" verb and an adjective, the gap is usually filled with an adverb. Rule: Be Verb + Adjective + Gap = Adverb Example 1: My father’s idea was [fully] right. Example 2: Her performance was [exceptionally] good. Example 3: The movie was [surprisingly] entertaining. Example 4: The food was [absolutely] delicious. Example 5: The room is [extremely] tidy. 8) Definite Article + Noun: When a definite article precedes a gap and a noun follows it, the gap is typically filled with the superlative form of an adjective. Rule: Definite Article + Gap + Noun = Superlative Adjective Example 1: Mr. Rana is the [wisest] man in the locality. Example 2: This is the [tallest] building in town. Example 3: She is the [best] student in her class. Example 4: It was the [strongest] earthquake ever recorded. Example 5: That was the [most beautiful] sunset I've ever seen. 9) Specific Verbs + Infinitive: Verbs like help, mind, feel, and certain phrases like "with a view to" are typically followed by a suitable verb in its infinitive form with "to." Rule: Specific Verb/Phrase + Gap = Infinitive Verb with "to" Example 1: I can’t help [going] to my sister’s house. Example 2: He doesn't mind [helping] others. Example 3: She looks forward to [meeting] her friend. Example 4: They are here with a view to [discuss] the project. Example 5: She confessed to [stealing] the cookies. 10) Inverted Sentences: When a sentence starts with something other than the subject and later includes the subject and the main verb, the first verb is often followed by an "-ing" verb. Rule: Inverted Sentence + Gap = "-ing" Verb Example 1: [Practicing] in the High court, Mr. Kalam is happy. Example 2: [Studying] hard, she passed the exam. Example 3: [Working] tirelessly, the team achieved success. Example 4: [Hiking] in the mountains, they found peace. Example 5: [Traveling] around the world, he gained valuable experiences. 11) Quantifiers with Plural Nouns: Phrases like "one of the," "many of the," and "most of the" are followed by plural nouns. Rule: [Quantifier] + Gap = Plural Noun Example 1: Karim is one of the brilliant [students] of the school. Example 2: Many of the [boys] are playing in the field. Example 3: Most of the [books] have been borrowed. Example 4: One of the [options] is correct. Example 5: Many of the [guests] arrived early. 12) "Most of the" with Countable Nouns: When "most of the" is followed by a gap, the gap is typically filled with the plural form of a countable noun. Rule: Most of the [Gap] = Plural Noun Example 1: Most of the [students] were present in the class. Example 2: Most of the [time] he remains busy. Example 3: Most of the [apples] were ripe. Example 4: Most of the [cars] were parked outside. Example 5: Most of the [employees] attended the meeting. 13) Have, Has, Had + Gap: After "have," "has," or "had," followed by a gap, the gap is typically filled with a noun or object. Rule: [Have/Has/Had] + Gap = Noun/Object Example 1: He has a [problem]. Example 2: Rana has [peace of mind]. Example 3: I had [a lot of questions]. Example 4: She has [a good sense of humor]. Example 5: They had [a wonderful experience]. 14) Not Only... But Also: In "not only... but also" constructions, both parts are followed by a gap that fills in the sentence. These gaps often require a verb form. Rule: Not only [Gap], but also [Gap] Example 1: He is [not only] honest, but also [kind]. Example 2: Not only [did] my father [agree], but also [I] [supported] the idea. Example 3: She [not only] plays the piano [beautifully], but also [sings] [wonderfully]. Example 4: Not only [is] he [intelligent], but also [he is] [hardworking]. Example 5: They [not only] visited the museum [yesterday], but also [enjoyed] the art [exhibition]. 15) Gap Before Adjective and After Preposition: When there's a gap before an adjective and after a preposition, the gap is often filled with the appropriate preposition. Rule: Preposition + Gap + Adjective Example 1: Fahim is good [in] administration. Example 2: Karim is in good health [in]. Example 3: She is skilled [at] swimming. Example 4: They are interested [in] sports. Example 5: The cake is rich [with] chocolate. 16) Verb + Gap + Article/ Noun Phrase: If there's a verb before a gap and an article or noun phrase after it, the gap is filled with a preposition. Rule: Verb + Gap + Article/Noun Phrase = Preposition Example 1: She is [in] a good position. Example 2: Karim is [in] good health. Example 3: The book is [on] the table. Example 4: They are [at] the library. Example 5: He is [with] a group of friends. 17) Sentence Start with Gap + Noun Phrase/Article: If a sentence starts with a gap, followed by a noun phrase or article, the gap is often filled with a preposition. Rule: Gap + Noun Phrase/Article = Preposition Example 1: [In] a poorest condition, [the] man struggled to survive. Example 2: [With] the sun high in the sky, [the] children played outside. Example 3: [In] times of trouble, [the] community comes together. Example 4: [Under] the moonlight, [the] lake shimmered beautifully. Example 5: [On] a cold winter morning, [the] town woke up to snow. 18) Gap Between Full Sentences: When there's a gap between two full sentences, a conjunction is often used to connect them. Rule: Sentence + Gap + Sentence = Conjunction Example 1: I went to Barishal, [and] my friends met me. Example 2: She finished her work early, [so] she could relax. Example 3: We studied hard for the exam, [but] the questions were difficult. Example 4: He loves playing soccer, [and] his brother enjoys basketball. Example 5: She woke up late, [but] she still made it to the meeting on time. 19) Gap at the Start of a Sentence: When there's a gap at the beginning of a sentence followed by an article or noun phrase, the gap is often filled with a preposition. Rule: Gap + Article/Noun Phrase = Preposition Example 1: [In] a poorest condition, [the] man struggled to survive. Example 2: [With] the sun high in the sky, [the] children played outside. Example 3: [Under] the moonlight, [the] lake shimmered beautifully. Example 4: [On] a cold winter morning, [the] town woke up to snow. Example 5: [From] a distance, [the] mountains looked majestic. 20) Gap Between Full Sentences with Conjunction: When there's a gap between two full sentences with a conjunction, the conjunction is used to connect them. Rule: Sentence + Conjunction + Gap + Sentence Example 1: I went to Barishal [and] my friend met me. Example 2: She finished her work early [so] she could relax. Example 3: We studied hard for the exam [but] the questions were difficult. Example 4: He loves playing soccer [and] his brother enjoys basketball. Example 5: She woke up late [but] she still made it to the meeting on time. 21) Gap with a Noun Before or After: When there's a gap with a noun on either side, a conjunction is often used to connect them. Rule: Noun + Gap + Noun = Conjunction Example 1: Jony [and] Rony took the decision last. Example 2: The cat [and] the dog played together. Example 3: The book [or] the movie will be your prize. Example 4: The teacher [or] the student can answer this. Example 5: The pen [but] not the pencil is on the desk. 22) Gap Between Two Clauses: When there's a gap between two clauses, a conjunction is used to connect them. Rule: Clause + Gap + Clause = Conjunction Example 1: He has well done the job [and] got the reward. Example 2: She works hard [so] she can achieve her goals. Example 3: We can go to the park [if] the weather is nice. Example 4: They practiced daily [until] they mastered the skill. Example 5: I enjoy reading [while] I travel to work. 23) Subject-Verb Agreement (Singular): When the subject is singular, the verb should also be singular. Rule: The [Noun] of his [Noun] [Verb] [Singular]. Example 1: The [color] of his [eyes] [is] blue. Example 2: The [book] on the table [is] red. Example 3: The [sound] in the room [is] loud. Example 4: The [fact] about her [was] true. Example 5: The [news] from the reporter [was] shocking. 24) Subject-Verb Agreement (Third Person Singular): When the subject is third person singular, the verb should end in -s or -es. Rule: [Noun] [Verb-s] to [Place]. Example 1: She [goes] to school. Example 2: He [plays] football in the park. Example 3: It [rains] in the rainy season. Example 4: She [works] in the office. Example 5: He [studies] at the library. 25) For/Since + Time: When "for" or "since" is followed by a gap with a mention of time, it often indicates the use of the present perfect continuous tense. Rule: [For/Since] [Gap] Example 1: He has been [reading] since morning. Example 2: She has been [working] for hours. Example 3: They have been [studying] for days. Example 4: We have been [waiting] for hours. Example 5: I have been [practicing] since last month. 26) To Be + Verb-ing: After forms of "be" (am, is, are, was, were, has been, have been, will be), the gap is typically filled with a verb in the "-ing" form. Rule: [To Be] [Verb-ing] Example 1: They are [doing] the job. Example 2: He has been [living] here for six months. Example 3: She is [painting] the walls. Example 4: I will be [traveling] next week. Example 5: It was [raining] heavily. 27) Verb + Adjective: When the sentence starts with a verb and is followed by an adjective, the gap is often filled with an adverb. Rule: [Verb] [Adjective] to [Verb] Example 1: She is [unhappy] to live in a small family. Example 2: He is [eager] to help others. Example 3: They are [excited] to visit the museum. Example 4: I am [anxious] to hear the news. Example 5: He is [happy] to see you. 28) Have/Has/Had + Been + Past Participle: When "have," "has," or "had" is followed by "been" and a gap, the gap is typically filled with a past participle. Rule: [Have/Has/Had] [Been] [Past Participle] Example 1: The letters were [written] by her yesterday. Example 2: The report has been [approved] by the manager. Example 3: The cake had been [eaten] by the time we arrived. Example 4: The document has been [signed] and sent. Example 5: The work had been [completed] before the deadline. 29) Have/Has/Had + Noun: After "have," "has," or "had," followed by a gap, the gap is typically filled with a noun. Rule: [Have/Has/Had] [Gap] = Noun Example 1: He has [some qualities]. Example 2: She had [a bag of chocolates]. Example 3: They have [no idea]. Example 4: We had [a great time]. Example 5: He has [a lot of money]. 30) Prepositions + Verb-ing: After prepositions (in, on, of, for, from, by, without), the gap is often filled with a verb in the "-ing" form. Rule: [Preposition] [Verb-ing] Example 1: She is skilled [in speaking] English. Example 2: They are interested [in learning] new skills. Example 3: He succeeded [by working] hard. Example 4: She left [without saying] goodbye. Example 5: We met [for discussing] the project. 31) Gerunds After "Being," "Been," "To Be," "Having": After "being," "been," "to be," or "having," the gap is often filled with a verb in its past participle form. Rule: [Being/Been/To Be/Having] [Past Participle] Example 1: Having [finished] the work, he left the office. Example 2: Being [exhausted], she decided to rest. Example 3: To be [recognized] as a leader is his goal. Example 4: Having [eaten] breakfast, they went to school. Example 5: Being [informed] about the situation, they took action. 32) Have/Has/Had + Noun/Object: After "have," "has," or "had," followed by a gap, the gap is typically filled with a noun or object. Rule: [Have/Has/Had] [Gap] = Noun/Object Example 1: Rana has [some qualities]. Example 2: She had [a bag of chocolates]. Example 3: They have [no idea]. Example 4: We had [a great time]. Example 5: He has [a lot of money]. 33) Subject + Verb + Object + Gap + Adjective: When the sentence structure is subject + verb + object + gap, the gap is often filled with an adjective. Rule: [Subject] [Verb] [Object] [Gap] [Adjective] Example 1: She loves me [sincerely]. Example 2: He paints the walls [beautifully]. Example 3: They sent me [flowers]. Example 4: We found the place [fascinating]. Example 5: He plays the guitar [amazingly]. 34) Subject + Verb + Object + Gap + Noun: After the subject + verb + object structure, a gap followed by another noun is common. Rule: [Subject] [Verb] [Object] [Gap] [Noun] Example 1: She sent me [flowers]. Example 2: He wrote [letters]. Example 3: They played [music]. Example 4: We heard [news]. Example 5: I need [help]. 35) Verb + Object + Gap: When the sentence starts with a verb followed by an object and a gap, the gap is often filled with a gerund (verb + ing). Rule: [Verb] [Object] [Gap] Example 1: He started [working] immediately. Example 2: She enjoys [reading] novels. Example 3: They hate [cleaning] the house. Example 4: We love [playing] basketball. Example 5: I practice [singing] every day. 36) Subject + Gap + Verb-ing: If the sentence structure starts with the subject, followed by a gap and a verb ending with -ing, the gap should be filled with a gerund (verb + ing). Rule: [Subject] [Gap] [Verb-ing] Example 1: The people [living] in the midst of poverty are the worst victims of natural disasters. Example 2: Children [playing] in the park are having fun. Example 3: The students [studying] in the library are quiet. Example 4: People [working] in the office seem busy. Example 5: The workers [repairing] the road are making progress. 37) Possessive + Noun: After a possessive form (my, your, his, her, its, our, their) followed by a gap, a noun typically follows. Rule: [Possessive] [Gap] = Noun Example 1: My [father]. Example 2: Their [mother]. Example 3: Our [friend]. Example 4: His [book]. Example 5: Her [cat]. 38) Preposition (With/For/By) + Gap: When "with," "for," or "by" is followed by a gap, a suitable noun or phrase is added to complete the sentence. Rule: [Preposition (With/For/By)] [Gap] Example 1: I did it [with confidence]. Example 2: She went [for a walk]. Example 3: He succeeded [by working hard]. Example 4: They celebrated [with enthusiasm]. Example 5: I communicated [for clarity]. 39) Adjective Before Noun: When there's an adjective before a noun and a gap, a preposition is often used. Rule: [Adjective] [Gap] [Preposition] Example 1: She is good [in administration]. Example 2: They are interested [in science]. Example 3: He is skilled [at cooking]. Example 4: She is experienced [in marketing]. Example 5: He is passionate [about music]. 40) Noun as Subject and Object: Nouns can serve as both subjects and objects in sentences. Rule: [Noun] [Verb] [Noun]. Example 1: [The book] [is] [on the table]. Example 2: [The car] [hit] [the wall]. Example 3: [The cat] [chased] [the mouse]. Example 4: [The student] [studied] [hard]. Example 5: [The river] [flows] [swiftly]. 41) Preposition + Gap: Some prepositions are followed by gaps, which are typically filled with nouns, phrases, or clauses. Rule: [Preposition] [Gap]. Example 1: I did it [with confidence]. Example 2: She went [for a walk]. Example 3: He succeeded [by working hard]. Example 4: They celebrated [with enthusiasm]. Example 5: I communicated [for clarity]. 42) "The" + Noun: When "the" is followed by a noun, the noun typically follows. Rule: [The] [Noun]. Example 1: [The possibility] [of success] is sure. Example 2: [The answer] [to the question] is unknown. Example 3: [The quality] [of the product] is excellent. Example 4: [The key] [to the door] is lost. Example 5: [The result] [of the experiment] is positive. 43) Verb + Adjective: After certain verbs like "feel," "become," "get," "look," the gap is typically filled with an adjective. Rule: [Verb] [Adjective]. Example 1: The people look [happy]. Example 2: She feels [nervous] about the exam. Example 3: He became [angry] after the argument. Example 4: They got [excited] about the news. Example 5: I look [forward] to meeting you. 44) Have/Has/Had + Object + Verb Past Participle: After "have," "has," or "had" followed by an object and a gap, the gap is typically filled with a past participle. Rule: [Have/Has/Had] [Object] [Gap]. Example 1: I got the work [done] by him. Example 2: She had the dress [washed] yesterday. Example 3: They have their car [repaired] regularly. Example 4: He had his house [painted] last week. Example 5: We will have the document [signed] tomorrow. 45) Double Prepositions: When two prepositions are present in a sentence, the gap is typically filled with a noun. Rule: [In] [Gap] [Of] [Noun]. Example 1: I have done it [in favor] [of my friend]. Example 2: She is [in charge] [of the project]. Example 3: He is [in search] [of his keys]. Example 4: We are [in need] [of assistance]. Example 5: They are [in favor] [of the proposal]. 46) Kept/Started + Verb-ing: After "kept" or "started," the gap is typically filled with a verb in the "-ing" form. Rule: [Kept/Started] [Verb-ing]. Example 1: He kept [writing]. Example 2: She started [running]. Example 3: They kept [talking]. Example 4: We started [dancing]. Example 5: I kept [reading]. 47) Subject + Verb-ing + Object: In sentences where the subject is followed by a verb in the "-ing" form and an object, the gap is typically filled with an adverb. Rule: [Subject] [Verb-ing] [Object] [Gap] [Adverb]. Example 1: He came [running] [hurriedly]. Example 2: She went [cycling] [quickly]. Example 3: They played [music] [loudly]. Example 4: We laughed [heartily] [together]. Example 5: I walked [home] [slowly]. 48) Future Indefinite Tense with Time References: When time references like "tomorrow," "the next day," or "later" are present, the future indefinite tense is used. Rule: [Time Reference] [Verb] [Future Indefinite Tense]. Example 1: [The next day] [will be] [a holiday]. Example 2: [Tomorrow] [they will] [arrive]. Example 3: [Later] [she will] [call]. Example 4: [Next week] [we will] [meet]. Example 5: [In the evening] [he will] [visit]. 49) Gerund as Subject or Object: A gerund (verb + -ing) can function as both the subject and object of a sentence. Rule: [Gerund] [is] [a good exercise]. Example 1: [Swimming] [is] [a good exercise]. Example 2: [Dancing] [makes] [her happy]. Example 3: [Running] [is] [healthy]. Example 4: [Singing] [brings] [joy]. Example 5: [Cooking] [takes] [time]. 50) Adjective Before Noun Affecting Verb Agreement: When an adjective precedes a noun, and it affects the subject-verb agreement, the verb may become plural. Rule: [Adjective] [Noun] [Verb] [Plural]. Example 1: [The pious] [are] [happy]. Example 2: [The dedicated] [work] [hard]. Example 3: [The curious] [ask] [questions]. Example 4: [The brave] [defend] [their country]. Example 5: [The ambitious] [pursue] [their goals].

Compositions, Essays for Examination, Composition writing, Essay Writing, Compositions, Essays for HSC Examination, Essays for SSC Examination, Important Composition Composition/Essay Writing for HSC,SSC & JSC Examination Free Hand Writing : Writing Short Composition (200-250 Words) A short composition is a piece of writing, usually short and in prose, on any particular subject. It may be called a short essay. The topic of a short composition may be anything and everything. The length of it should be moderate. It may be more or less 350 words. Every short composition should have a beginning, a middle and an end. The beginning is the introduction, the middle is the main body of the short composition and the conclusion is the rounding off the subject. The introduction contains hints of what will be discussed or described in the composition. The middle contains discussions, merits and demerits of the topic of the composition. Lastly, the conclusion concludes the discussions. Short composition are of various types: Descriptive - Descriptive compositions are those which describe some place or thing e.g., Dhaka, paper, the cow, flood, etc. Narrative - Narrative compositions are those which narrate some event, past or present, real or unreal, e.g., the life of a person, a football match, a flood (a particular flood) etc. Reflective - Reflective compositions are based on reflections and they are generally of abstract nature, e.g., friendship, honesty, female education etc. Argumentative -Argumentative compositions are those in which the writer tries to establish his/her own view point by putting his/her arguments for or against something. . Descriptive Composition The Wonders of Modern Science Or, The Blessings of Modern Science Or, Science in Everyday Life We live in an age of science. We can see the wonders of science around us. Science has made our life easy and comfortable. We can not think of our modern life without science. The first wonder of modern science is the discovery of electricity. It has changed our life. society and culture. It is a great source of power and energy. The radio, television, lights, fans, electric irons, mills, factories and refrigerators- all work through the power of electricity. Science has linked up the distant parts of the world. Telephone, telex, fax, wireless, telegram are great wonders. They have brought the world closer to us. We can send news from one corner of the world to other within a moment. They have conquered space, distance and time. Radio and television are als6 great media (4iktrii) for communication. Science has discovered many wonders for our recreation. We have cinema, television, radio, tape recorder, gramophone and V.C.R etc for our recreation. Science has lessened human sufferings. It has given eyes to the blind, hearing to the deaf, legs to the lame. It has found out the new ways of health and life. It has increased the joys of life. Penicillin. X-Ray, biopsy and ultra-sonography, E. C. G. are some of the wonders of modern science in the field of medical science.. Hospitals, private clinics and doctors can not go even a single day without these. Science has removed the distance of place. It has saved time. We can travel hundreds of miles within a short time by car, aeroplane, Bus, train, launch and steamer. The inventions of nuclear energy, computer and calculators are great wonders of modern science. The rocket is another wonder of science. It has made space travel easy. Man has landed on the moon successfully. Science is the greatest of all conquerors both past and present. It knows no defeat. It has established itself firmly in our hearts. Narrative Composition My First Day At College Or, The Most Memorable Day of My Life All the days of our life are not equally important and memorable. Only a few of these days occupy a corner in our heart. - My first day at college is such a day. I shall never forget this day. From my. school days I heard a lot about college life from my college going elder brothers and sisters. I formed a very romantic impression of a college life. So, I was eagerly waiting for that happy and romantic college life. At last the cherished day came. It was the 26th of October 1992. My joys knew no bounds. I put on my new dress and started for Govt. B.L. College at 9 A.M. I was charmed to see the attractive and beautiful college building. I understood that the college life opened before me a new vision of life and I must go forward. The whole college campus was crowded by lots of young- pupils both male and female. They were all unknown to me. I felt very lonely. I was moving here and there. I was in a fix where to go. At last I met one of my school friends. I was relieved. We exchanged greetings. We went to the notice board of the college and wrote down class routine. There were many new comers. They were also taking the routine. I found that the classes are not held in a particular room. I Will have to change my class room. From the routine I also learnt that there were intervals. When the bell for the first period rang, we entered the room number 223. I found many students sitting. After a while, a well dresed, handsome gentleman entered the class. He was a professor of English. All the students stood up to show him respect. He called over the rolls.. He spoke to us very softly in simple and clear English. I liked his speech very much. His speech was meaningful. I listened to him with undivided attention. Reflective- Composition Unemployment Problem in Bangladesh Unemployment means the state of being without any work both for educated and uneducated person, for earning one's livelihood. This problem has become a great concern all over the world. But nowhere in the world this problem is so' acute as in Bangladesh. Thousands of people in our country are without any job. At present the toughest task for any young man is to manage a job. There are many reasons behind unemployment problem. Our country is over populated. The rapid growth of population is the main reason of unemployment problem. Our country is industrially very much lagging behind. In fact the development in this field is very slow. Cottage industries have almost decayed. The few mills, factories and industries that we have can only absorb a limited number of people. Most of the people of our country depend on agriculture. But our cultivable land is very limited. Our present system of- education in stead of giving any solution, creates educated unemployed young men. In our educational system there is no much scope of giving vocational training and technical education to a student. So after taking the highest degree even from the highest seat of learning, they remain unemployed. Our educated young men generally think it to be disgraceful to do any manual work. They prefer service to any kind of business. In order to eradicate this problem we have to mobilize all our energies to this great purpose without wasting time. A large number of mills, factories and industries should be set up where many of our unemployed youths will get the opportunity to work. A great change should be brought in our education system. More importance should be given on professional, vocational and technical education. These will make a opening to work in different industrial sectors both home and abroad. The educated youth should change their attitude to life. They must learn to choose independent career. They can work in agriculture field, cultivate fish, grow vegetables. They can start small business. In fact self employment is a possible solution to this great problem. Steps should be taken to set up co-operative farming, cottage industries and to open new system of public work in the rural areas to create job for the village people. Unemployment is a great curse to a nation. We can not expect the development of our country leaving its millions of people unemployed to survive as a boastful nation. We should made all out efforts to get rid of this curse. Argumentative Composition The Uses and Abuses of Mobile Phone Mobile phone is a telephone system that works without any wire. Mobile phone is one of the wonderful wonders of science. It has added a new dimension to our life and to communication system. It can be moved easily and quickly from place to place. Through Mobile phone we can send messages to distant places, play games and sports, know about present time, solve the work of calculation, be aware of different kinds of news and views. At present the popularity of the mobile phone is increasing. Many companies are also being set up for selling mobile phone. A mobile phone is an electronic device. A sim card inside-the mobile helps us to keep constant with the person. We can keep constant contact with the person carrying a- mobile phone. Just a mobile set is not enough. A connection from a local service provider will ensure the functioning of mobile. The advantages of mobile phone are numerous. Its great advantage is its mobility and portability. It is opposite fixed phone. The overwhelming popularity of mobile has threatened the existence of fixed phone. A mobile phone removes the worries of our dear ones by helping to contact the person concerned any time we like. When we hear of any accident or mishap, we want to and can know about our or near on the spot. Thus a mobile phone can ease our tension. A mobile phone has saved a lot of our time and energy by giving ready access to any person who stays away from us. Just a call from a mobile can make us aware of the coming danger. A warning from a mobile can save our lives. Despite numerous advantages and merits of mobile phone sometimes it becomes the cause of health hazard to the users. Specially the minor children are affected much, scientists believe that use of mobile phone causes brain tumours, genetic damage and many incurable irreparable damage to human body. They` say that millions of people are getting benefits but damaged. The blood pressure gets high and red blood cells (RBC) are damaged if a person gets continued exposure to radiation caused by mobile phone. Using mobile phone is also harmful to the pregnant women. So Bangladesh government should have an official ban on using mobile phone by children and pregnant women. Mobile is a blessing as well as wonder of modern science. We should use it realizing maximum benefits. Misuse of mobile phone should be prevented. People. should be made of the health hazards to be posed by mobile phone. The rate of mobile call charge should be reduced as -much as possible. The minor kids should be prevented from using mobile phone. Talking 'over mobile phone should not be an addiction. However despite its disadvantages the necessity of a mobile phone can not be denied to our practical life. Imaginative Composition If I Were A Politician I am a student and my, career plan is to be a chartered accountant. I have never thought of becoming a politician. I am a politically conscious citizen of the country though I do not like politics. Rather recent dirty and bloody games of politics have made me apathetic to it. But I am also well aware of the fact that politicians lead the country and form the government. Whatever important things happen in the country are made by the politicians. Things do not always turn out according to ones wish. So I might be a politician one day. If I were a politician, I would bring a qualitative change in politics and political leadership. I would take initiative and corrective reforms to improve the state of political affairs. If I were a politician, I would dedicate myself to the service of my people, stand by them in their weal and woes, listen to their sufferings and miseries and try my .best to remove the causes of their sufferings. I know that political freedom is meaningless without economic freedom. Though Bangladesh has achieved political freedom, it has not yet achieved economic freedom. Majority of our people are poor and are deprived of proper education, nutritious food, healthcare and pure ,drinking water. So if I were a politician and elected to the Parliament, I would take practical and long-term measures to remove poverty, create more employment opportimity, speed up economic activities of the country, spread education and reach the benefit of governments development programmes to the doors, of common people. I know that to be a successful politician, people's support is a must. In democratic politics, people hold ultimate power and elect their representatives or reject them. So if I were a politician I would above all serve the people and use all my time and energy, knowledge and experience to improye their condition. I would never abuse my power and never wrongly use my position. A real patriotic and dedicated politician can make history, by bringing smiles to thousands of suffering faces. Politicians make history. If I were a politician, I would try to do something noble to .be a part of history. I do not like cheap popularity. I would. only do the right thing. I know that right decision, right work and right outcome would crown me With success. And what would be more right than doing welfare to people as a politician. 300+ Compositions/Essays written by the students

Rules Basic Advanced Worksheets Beginner (1) Elementary (2) (PECE) Pre-intermediate (3) (JSC) Intermediate (4) (SSC) Upper-intermediate (5( (HSC) Advanced (6)(University)